WO2018155597A1 - Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric - Google Patents

Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018155597A1
WO2018155597A1 PCT/JP2018/006591 JP2018006591W WO2018155597A1 WO 2018155597 A1 WO2018155597 A1 WO 2018155597A1 JP 2018006591 W JP2018006591 W JP 2018006591W WO 2018155597 A1 WO2018155597 A1 WO 2018155597A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
general formula
hydrogen atom
dye
substituent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/006591
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健太 牛島
藤江 賀彦
小林 博美
誠 大元
理俊 水村
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2018155597A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018155597A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/30Inkjet printing inks
    • C09D11/32Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents
    • C09D11/328Inkjet printing inks characterised by colouring agents characterised by dyes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41JTYPEWRITERS; SELECTIVE PRINTING MECHANISMS, i.e. MECHANISMS PRINTING OTHERWISE THAN FROM A FORME; CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
    • B41J2/00Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed
    • B41J2/005Typewriters or selective printing mechanisms characterised by the printing or marking process for which they are designed characterised by bringing liquid or particles selectively into contact with a printing material
    • B41J2/01Ink jet
    • B41J2/17Ink jet characterised by ink handling
    • B41J2/175Ink supply systems ; Circuit parts therefor
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M5/00Duplicating or marking methods; Sheet materials for use therein
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • C09B67/0085Non common dispersing agents
    • C09B67/009Non common dispersing agents polymeric dispersing agent
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/101Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing an anthracene dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/103Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a diaryl- or triarylmethane dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/106Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing an azo dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/108Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing a phthalocyanine dye
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/109Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing other specific dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/10Printing inks based on artificial resins
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/0052Dyeing with polymeric dyes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/52General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing synthetic macromolecular substances
    • D06P1/5207Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06P1/5214Polymers of unsaturated compounds containing no COOH groups or functional derivatives thereof
    • D06P1/5242Polymers of unsaturated N-containing compounds
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/52General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing synthetic macromolecular substances
    • D06P1/5207Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions involving only carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • D06P1/525Polymers of unsaturated carboxylic acids or functional derivatives thereof
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/60General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing polyethers
    • D06P1/613Polyethers without nitrogen
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/60General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing polyethers
    • D06P1/613Polyethers without nitrogen
    • D06P1/6138Polymerisation products of glycols, e.g. Carbowax, Pluronics
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form
    • D06P5/30Ink jet printing

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an inkjet textile printing method, an inkjet ink, an ink cartridge, and a colored cloth.
  • a colorant used for coloring a fabric is either a dye or a pigment, and a screen printing method, a roller printing method, a transfer method, as a method for industrially coloring the fabric using these colorants, Inkjet systems have been used.
  • the inkjet method does not need to prepare a plate as compared with other methods, can quickly form an image with excellent gradation, and uses only a necessary amount of ink as a formed image. It can be said that this is an excellent image forming method having environmental advantages such as few.
  • Patent Document 1 describes ink jet printing in which an ink is prepared by dissolving a dye in water and a fabric is dyed by an ink jet method. Each dye molecule penetrates into the inside of the fiber by interacting with the fiber and is integrated with the fiber. Therefore, the fabric dyed with the dye is flexible and has a good texture, and is favored as a quality item for clothing. Yes.
  • inkjet printing using a dye it is necessary to steam-heat a colored fabric to fix the dye after dyeing, and then wash the excess dye by a process such as water washing or soaping. For this reason, a process is complicated and an apparatus and time are required, and waste water arises.
  • An ink-jet sublimation transfer printing method has been widely put into practical use as a dyeing method that improves the complexity of processes in the above-described ordinary ink-jet printing, the problem of time and labor required for the apparatus, and the problem of waste water (see, for example, Patent Document 2).
  • a pattern to be printed using an ink-jet printer is printed on transfer paper with ink containing resin particles containing a disperse dye, and then the transfer paper and a polyester fabric are superposed and heat-treated. This is a method for transferring the sublimable dye from the resin particles to the polyester fabric.
  • the dyeing mechanism in this system is said to be a phenomenon of thermal diffusion or thermal sublimation of dye molecules, or a mixture of both.
  • a certain sublimation dye it mainly corresponds to dyeing
  • the used transfer paper cannot be recycled and becomes industrial waste.
  • an ink-jet coloring method using a pigment has also been studied (for example, see Patent Document 3).
  • a pigment and a surfactant as a dispersant are mixed in water and then finely dispersed with an attritor or a mill machine together with glass beads, zirconia beads, titania beads, stainless steel balls, or the like is used as a colorant. ing. Then, this colorant is diluted with a reducer containing an emulsion resin for fixing the pigment, a pigment ink is prepared, adhered to the fiber by an ink jet method, and the resin is fused by a heating roller to fix the pigment. .
  • the coloring method using pigments does not require the selection of a colorant based on the fiber type, and does not require complicated steam heating (steaming) and water washing processes, making it extremely simple to color fibers.
  • the pigment can be fixed. However, the pigment adheres to (is on) the fiber in the form of particles in which the dye molecules are gathered, and maintains fastness such as washing fastness and friction fastness of the colored cloth (colored cloth).
  • a large amount of emulsion resin must be used as a fixing agent, the texture of the colored cloth becomes hard, and the quality as clothing is inferior to the colored cloth colored with a dye.
  • the emulsion resin is dried due to the volatilization of water, the pigment ink is thickened, and a phenomenon such as clogging of the ink jet printer is likely to occur, resulting in poor workability.
  • Patent Document 4 describes an ink-jet ink containing a polymer having a specific structure in which a specific dye is linked to a polymer skeleton.
  • Patent Document 5 describes an ink-jet ink containing polyurethane having a colorant structure.
  • Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-348502 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-58638 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-37700 Japan Special Table 2004-534106 Japan Special Table 2002-509957
  • coloring with dyes is excellent in the quality (texture) and fastness of the colored fabric, but it is necessary to select dyes based on the fiber type, and the process is complicated and the equipment is necessary. There are problems such as inferior environmental load such as waste water and waste materials.
  • coloring with pigments does not require the selection of dyes based on the fiber type, and the process is simple, but has problems in workability such as clogging of ink jet printers due to thickening of ink, and coloring cloth I have a problem that the quality (texture) is inferior.
  • Patent Document 4 does not specifically disclose textile printing, and does not describe any of the above problems.
  • the problem of the present invention is that various kinds of fabrics can be dyed, the environmental load is small, there is no problem in workability, the image obtained is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the quality (texture) of the colored fabric.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink jet textile printing method which is excellent.
  • another problem of the present invention is that various types of fabrics can be dyed, there is little environmental load, there is no problem in workability, the image obtained is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the colored fabric is
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an inkjet ink capable of providing a colored cloth excellent in quality (texture), an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, and a colored cloth.
  • the present inventor has conducted research to solve the above problems, and has a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group (hereinafter also referred to as “dye polymer”).
  • a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group hereinafter also referred to as “dye polymer”.
  • Various types of fabrics can be dyed by the method of directly printing on fabrics using an aqueous dispersion of the above, and there is little environmental burden, no problem in workability, and excellent quality colored fabrics It was found that can be obtained.
  • details are unknown as a mechanism that can solve the above problem by the above method, it is presumed as follows.
  • the dye polymer is not an aqueous solution but an aqueous dispersion, bleeding can be reduced in the same manner as the pigment particles, and no water washing step is required, so no waste water is generated.
  • waste since printing is performed directly on the fabric, waste such as transfer paper is not generated.
  • the emulsion resin as the fixing agent is not used unlike the pigment ink, the viscosity of the ink is not increased and the workability is excellent.
  • the dye polymer is integrated with the fiber at the molecular level so as to cover the surface of the fiber regardless of the fiber type.
  • the dye polymer in the present invention has a nonionic hydrophilic group as a dispersing group, so that it is necessary for the dispersion stability in water and the fastness of the colored fabric necessary for printing directly on the fabric by the ink jet method. It seems that it became possible to achieve both water resistance.
  • “directly printing” an inkjet ink on a fabric by an inkjet method does not require a transfer process, and the inkjet ink is directly printed on the fabric and a pretreatment process is not necessary. Ink jet ink is directly printed on a fabric.
  • the object of the present invention has been achieved by the following means.
  • Inkjet printing method comprising a step of directly printing an ink-jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group on a fabric by an inkjet method .
  • the inkjet textile printing method as described in [1] including a heat treatment process.
  • n1 represents an integer of 5 to 150.
  • the inkjet printing method according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • X 1 represents a linking group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  • D 1 of the above general formula (1) represents a removing one dye residue arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following formulas (M1) ⁇ (M8), according to [5] Inkjet printing method.
  • R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent
  • R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
  • R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • An inkjet ink for printing comprising a water dispersion of a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
  • the nonionic hydrophilic group is a group represented by the following general formula (A).
  • n1 represents an integer of 5 to 150.
  • the inkjet ink according to [8] or [9], wherein the repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • X 1 represents a linking group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  • D 1 in the general formula (1) represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M8). Inkjet ink.
  • R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent
  • R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
  • R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • various kinds of fabrics can be dyed, excellent in environmental load, no problem in workability, excellent in sharpness and fastness of the obtained image, and quality (texture) of the colored fabric.
  • various types of fabrics can be dyed, the environmental load is excellent, there is no problem in workability, and the image is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the color is excellent in quality (texture).
  • Ink-jet ink that can provide a cloth, an ink cartridge filled with the ink-jet ink, and the colored cloth can be provided.
  • (meth) acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents at least one of acrylic and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl represents at least one of acryloyl and methacryloyl. Represents.
  • the “structure derived from a dye” of the dye polymer in the present invention is a group (dye residue) formed by removing one or more arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a compound used as a dye.
  • the dye polymer in the present invention is a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group, a repeating unit containing a structure derived from an arbitrary dye, and any A multimer of a dye comprising a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
  • the dye polymer of the present invention may be either linear or branched, the repeating unit may be random, alternating, periodic, or block, and may be a graft polymer or dendrimer with a trunk and branch structure designed. Moreover, you may have a crosslinked structure.
  • the kind of dye polymer is not particularly limited, acrylic polymer, styrene polymer, polyurethane, polyester, polyurea, polyamide, polycarbonate, polyether, and the like can be preferably used, and acrylic polymer and styrene polymer are more preferable.
  • the acrylic polymer in the present invention is a polymer having at least one type of repeating unit from the group consisting of repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid and repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid esters.
  • the styrene polymer in this invention means the polymer which has a repeating unit derived from styrene.
  • a method for obtaining a dye polymer in the present invention (1) a method of obtaining a multimer by polymerizing or copolymerizing a polymerizable dye monomer and / or a monomer having a nonionic hydrophilic group (2) After forming a polymer, a method of introducing a structure derived from a dye and / or a structure having a nonionic hydrophilic group by a polymer reaction can be used.
  • the dye polymer since the dye polymer is used in a state of being dispersed in water, the dye polymer has an optimum molecular weight range with respect to dispersibility, and re-aggregation of the dispersion hardly occurs if the molecular weight is below the upper limit of the molecular weight range. On the other hand, it is difficult to dissolve in water and an aqueous organic solvent as long as it is at least the lower limit of the optimum molecular weight range.
  • the molecular weight of the dye polymer of the present invention is preferably a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, and 8,000 to 200,000. More preferably, it is 000. Within the above range, the dispersion stability and fastness are excellent.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer was calculated by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • HLC-8220GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • TSKgel SuperHZM-H TSKgel SuperHZ4000
  • TSKgel SuperHZ2000 manufactured by Tosoh Corporation
  • the carrier may be appropriately selected, but NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) was used as long as it was soluble.
  • the dye polymer of the present invention preferably has a glass transition temperature not higher than the heating temperature of the heat treatment temperature, preferably not higher than 200 ° C, more preferably not higher than 150 ° C, and further preferably not higher than 100 ° C. preferable.
  • a glass transition temperature not higher than the heating temperature of the heat treatment temperature, preferably not higher than 200 ° C, more preferably not higher than 150 ° C, and further preferably not higher than 100 ° C. preferable.
  • the mechanism of excellent robustness is not clear, but is estimated as follows. The dye polymer deposited on the cloth is melted by heat treatment, and the dye polymer film and the cloth are fused to improve the strength of the dye polymer film, and the dye polymer film and the cloth are firmly adhered to each other. However, it is estimated that the robustness is further improved.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the dye polymer can be measured by DSC (differential scanning calorimetry).
  • the structure derived from the dye is a structure derived from an organic dye as classified by the color index.
  • an azo dye (monoazo dye, disazo dye, trisazo dye, polyazo dye), stilbene, carotenoid, diarylmethane , Triarylmethane, xanthene, acridine, quinoline, methine (monomethine, polymethine), aniline, indoaniline, indamine, indophenol, azine, oxazine, thiazine, anthraquinone, indigo, quinophthalone, nigrosine, porphyrin, cyanine, dicyanostyryl dye, And phthalocyanine can be preferably used.
  • azo dyes From the viewpoint of coloring power and light resistance of the dye skeleton, azo dyes, stilbene, diarylmethane, triarylmethane, xanthene, indophenol, anthraquinone, quinophthalone, phthalocyanine, and the like can be preferably used.
  • the structure derived from the dye in the present invention is not limited to the structure of a compound commercially available as a dye. It is only necessary to have a structure known to be usable as a dye such as the above-mentioned azo dye and stilbene. For example, the structure which changed these other substituents etc. leaving these structures from the commercially available dye is also contained.
  • the repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • X 1 represents a linking group
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  • X 1 represents a linking group.
  • X 1 is a partial structure of the main chain of the polymer.
  • the linking group for X 1 is preferably represented by the following (X-1) or (X-2). In the general formula (X-1) or (X-2), it is linked to L 1 at the site indicated by *.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is a substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group).
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • the divalent linking group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an acyloxy group, etc.).
  • * 1 and * 2 each represent a position bonded to X 1 in the general formula (1), and the other bonds to D 1 in the general formula (1). Although it represents a position, * 1 represents a position bonded to X 1 in the general formula (1), and * 2 preferably represents a position bonded to D 1 in the general formula (1).
  • R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R 3 When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • R 3 represents a substituent.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R 3 may be the same or different.
  • R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • t represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • the t R 51 and R 52 may be the same or different.
  • R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • u and v each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • u R 61 and R 62 may be the same or different.
  • the v R 63 and R 64 may be the same or different.
  • R 71 , R 72 and R 73 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • w represents an integer of 1 to 10.
  • Each of w R 71 and R 72 may be the same or different.
  • D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  • D 1 is not limited as long as it exhibits the effects of the present invention, and represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M8). More preferably.
  • R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
  • R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent
  • R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
  • R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 101 to R 110 in general formula (M1) R 201 to R 215 in general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in general formula (M3), and R 402 to R in general formula (M4)
  • R 407 represents a substituent examples include a substituent selected from the following substituent group A.
  • the substituents included in Substituent Group A are shown below.
  • a halogen atom for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom
  • an alkyl group preferably a C1-C48, more preferably a C1-C24 linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, A cyclohexyl group, a 1-norbornyl group, a 1-adamantyl group), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, 3-butene
  • a heterocyclic amino group such as a 4-pyridylamino group, a carbonamido group (preferably a carbonamido group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as an acetamide group, a benzamide group, a tetradecanamide group, Pivaloylamide group, cyclohexaneamide group), ureido group (preferably ureido group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as ureido group, N, N-dimethylureido group, N-phenylureido group) ),
  • An imide group preferably an imide group having 36 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 or less carbon atoms, such as N— A succinimide group, N-phthalimido group
  • an alkoxycarbonylamino group preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2
  • arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenylsulfonyl group or a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 32 or less, more preferably a carbon number) 24 or less sulfamoyl groups such as sulfamoyl group
  • An ionic group such as a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a phosphate group may be in a state containing a cation or an anion (also referred to as a “salt state”).
  • the carboxyl group, the phosphate group, and the sulfo group may be in a state containing a cation.
  • the cation that forms a salt state include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion). Potassium ions) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylammonium ions, tetramethylguanidinium ions, tetramethylphosphonium).
  • the substituent may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A.
  • the substituent has two or more substituents, the substituent is They may be the same or different.
  • R 407 , R 501 to R 508 in the general formula (M5), and R 601 to R 602 in the general formula (M6) represent a substituent, at least two of the substituents are bonded to each other. And may form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • the formed 5-membered, 6-membered, and 7-membered rings are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent, and the substituent is selected from the above substituent group A.
  • these substituents may be the same or different.
  • R 101 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • R 102 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carboxyl group, particularly preferably. Is a hydrogen atom, a bromine atom, or a carboxyl group.
  • R 104 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And particularly preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 108 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group is represented.
  • R 103 , R 105 and R 106 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10
  • R 107 , R 109 and R 110 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10
  • Atom chlorine atom, bromine atom.
  • R 201 , R 205 , R 206 and R 210 in formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 202 and R 209 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a sulfo group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a sulfo group, and particularly preferably hydrogen. Is an atom.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 207 and R 208 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6
  • R 211 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably A sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably a sulfonate group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 212 , R 213 , R 214 , and R 215 in formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, sulfo group, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, A carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a substituted or unsubsti
  • R 214 and R 215 in formula (M2) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • X 201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a chlorine ion, acetate ion, triflate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, perchlorate, bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion, and more Tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion are preferable.
  • N201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • R 301 , R 302 , R 305 , R 306 , R 307 , R 308 , R 311 , R 312 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20.
  • R 303 , R 304 , R 309 and R 310 in the general formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 20 represents an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or carbon.
  • R 313 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a carboxylate group (—CO 2 ⁇ ), a sulfonate group (—SO 3 ⁇ ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, substituted or An unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably a sulfonate group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 314 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom An atom or a hydroxyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 315 in formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, substituted or unsubstituted A sulfamoyl group and a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, Particularly preferred are a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group.
  • R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxyl Group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • X 301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a chlorine ion, an acetate ion, a triflate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, a perchlorate ion, or a bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion. More preferred are tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion.
  • N301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • the heterocyclic group as Ar 401 in the general formula (M4) is, for example, a hydrogen atom from pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, isoxazole, or isothiazole. And a group formed by removing one of them.
  • Ar 401 in the general formula (M4) is preferably a phenyl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably a phenyl group, or pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, A group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from benzothiazole, isoxazole, or isothiazole, and particularly preferably a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from a phenyl group or thiophene, imidazole, or isothiazole. .
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15, and particularly preferably 3 to 10.
  • R 402 in formula (M4) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted acylamino group. .
  • R 403 , R 406 and R 407 in formula (M4) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1
  • R 404 and R 405 in formula (M4) are preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably Is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 501 to R 508 in formula (M5) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, amino group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, or alkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, amino group, hydroxyl group, or alkoxy group. It is.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 501 to R 504 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R 505 to R 508 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 501 to R 504 are each a hydrogen atom, More preferably, R 505 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or an alkoxy group.
  • R 506 and R 507 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • the dye having an anthraquinone skeleton represented by the general formula (M5) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (M5A).
  • R 501 to R 504 , R 505 , R 508 , and R 509 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R 505, R 508 is also similar to each general formula (M5) in the same meaning as R 501 ⁇ R 504, R 505 , R 508 specific examples and preferred ranges It is.
  • R 509 in the general formula (M5A) preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
  • R 601 to R 602 in formula (M6) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20 alkoxy groups, substituted or unsubstituted amino groups, halogen atoms and cyano groups, more preferably hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms and cyano groups.
  • R 603 in general formula (M6) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. is there.
  • Ar 601 in the general formula (M6) has the same meaning as Ar 401 in the general formula (M4), and specific examples and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
  • R 701 to R 702 and R 705 to R 706 in formula (M7) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group.
  • R 703 to R 704 are a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1
  • R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • sulfo group may be a metal salt (for example, sodium salt, lithium salt, potassium salt, etc.), ammonium salt, or organic base salt.
  • Some of the dyes represented by the general formulas (M1) to (M8) are classified by color index, and can be synthesized by a conventionally known method (for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-49583, patent) No. 5715380, International Publication No. 2010/110199, and the like). The synthesis method is specifically illustrated in the examples.
  • the nonionic hydrophilic group in the present invention is specifically a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (A) to (F), and the following general formulas (A) to (C): A group represented by any one is more preferable, and a group represented by the following general formula (A) is more preferable.
  • n1 to n4 represent an integer of 5 to 150
  • n5 and n6 represent an integer of 5 to 1000.
  • R E each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyethyl group.
  • R F each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxypropyl group.
  • n1 is preferably an integer of 5 to 150, more preferably an integer of 5 to 100, still more preferably an integer of 10 to 100, and particularly preferably an integer of 20 to 100.
  • n2 is preferably an integer of 5 to 150, more preferably an integer of 10 to 100, and still more preferably an integer of 20 to 100.
  • n3 is preferably an integer of 5 to 100, more preferably an integer of 10 to 80.
  • n4 is preferably an integer of 5 to 80, more preferably an integer of 10 to 40.
  • n5 is preferably an integer of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably an integer of 200 to 800.
  • n6 is preferably an integer of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably an integer of 200 to 800.
  • the general formula (A) is a structure derived from polyethylene glycol
  • the general formula (B) is a structure derived from polyvinyl alcohol
  • the general formula (C) is a structure derived from polyglycerin.
  • Formula (D) is a structure derived from polyvinyl pyrrolidone
  • general formula (E) is a structure derived from hydroxyethyl cellulose
  • general formula (F) is a structure derived from hydroxypropyl cellulose.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the nonionic hydrophilic group is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 200 to 8,000, still more preferably 800 to 5,000, Particularly preferred is 800 to 3,000.
  • the number average molecular weight is 100 or more, the dispersibility is excellent when an aqueous dispersion is obtained, and when the number average molecular weight is 10,000 or less, the fastness of the colored cloth is excellent.
  • the mechanism excellent in dispersibility and fastness is not clear, if the number average molecular weight is 100 or more, the compatibility with water is improved and the function as a dispersing group can be sufficiently exerted, and the number average molecular weight is 10,000 or less.
  • the number average molecular weight of the nonionic hydrophilic group can be calculated by size exclusion chromatography measurement.
  • repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) is particularly preferable.
  • R901 represents any one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 902 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group.
  • X 2 represents a divalent linking group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (G) to (J).
  • n represents an integer of 5 to 150.
  • each m independently represents an integer of 1 to 20.
  • Y 1 represents a group represented by any one of the general formulas (G) to (J)
  • * 1 represents a bonding position with X 2
  • * 2 represents a polyethylene oxide group in the general formula (2) Represents the binding position.
  • Y 2 represents a group represented by any one of the general formulas (G) to (J)
  • * 1 represents a bonding position with the polyethylene oxide group in the general formula (2)
  • * 2 represents R 902 Represents the binding position.
  • M preferably represents an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 2 to 8.
  • R 901 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the phenyl group in R 902 may further have a substituent, and the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the phenyl group may be Furthermore, as a substituent in the case of having a substituent, for example, a substituent selected from the above substituent group A can be mentioned.
  • R 902 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted or phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and further a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. preferable.
  • the divalent linking group as X 2 is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained, but a substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, Methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (eg, phenylene group, naphthylene group, etc.), —O—, —C ( ⁇ O ) —NH—, —C ( ⁇ O) —O—, and linking groups formed by linking two or more thereof.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms for example, Methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, etc.
  • substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms
  • the divalent linking group as X 2 has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Note that the above carbon number does not include carbon atoms in —C ( ⁇ O) —NH— and —C ( ⁇ O) —O—.
  • the divalent linking group as X 2 preferably contains —O—, —C ( ⁇ O) —NH—, or —C ( ⁇ O) —O—.
  • alkylene group or arylene group in X 2 may be further substituted.
  • substituent when the alkylene group or arylene group in X 2 is substituted for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like may be included.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (G) to (J).
  • Y 1 and Y 2 are preferably each independently a single bond, a group represented by General Formula (G), or a group represented by General Formula (H), and more preferably a single bond.
  • N represents an integer of 5 to 150, preferably an integer of 5 to 100, more preferably 10 to 100, and still more preferably 20 to 100.
  • repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group examples include but are not limited thereto.
  • the dye polymer of the present invention may have, as an essential component, a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group. Other repeating units may be introduced for the purpose of further improving the texture.
  • a method for introducing another repeating unit from the viewpoint of the degree of freedom in design, a polymerizable dye monomer and / or a monomer having a nonionic hydrophilic group and another repeating unit are formed. It is preferable to introduce other monomers by copolymerization.
  • Examples of other monomers that can be suitably used in the dye polymer of the present invention include (meth) acrylic acid derivatives, (meth) acrylamide derivatives, styrene derivatives, and acrylonitrile. Derivatives are preferred.
  • (meth) acrylic acid derivatives examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic.
  • Examples of (meth) acrylamide derivatives include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, diethyl (meth) acrylamide, isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, t-butyl (meth) acrylamide, and dodecyl.
  • styrene derivative examples include styrene, acetoxystyrene, methylstyrene, t-butylstyrene, methoxystyrene, octylstyrene, phenylstyrene, and the like.
  • it is a hydrophobic monomer or a monomer having a low glass transition temperature of homopolymer, specifically, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, Isobutyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, isoamyl acrylate, t-amyl acrylate, neopentyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, heptyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, Nonyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, decyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, isobutyl
  • the content of the repeating unit including the structure derived from the dye in the dye polymer is preferably 10 to 98% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass. %. If the content rate of the repeating unit containing the structure derived from dye is 10 mass% or more, the coloring power per unit mass will improve and the dyeing density to a fabric will become high. Moreover, it is easy to express performance, such as dispersibility, fastness, quality (texture), as it is 98 mass% or less.
  • the content of the repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group in the dye polymer is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 30%. % By mass. When the content of the repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group is 1% by mass or more, the dispersion stability of the dispersion is excellent. Moreover, fastness is excellent in it being 30 mass% or less.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer contains at least water and (A) the dye polymer, and preferably contains (B) an aqueous organic solvent. In some cases, (C) a surfactant (low molecular surfactant, polymer dispersant) may be contained.
  • a method for producing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer is obtained by synthesizing a dye polymer in an organic solvent, and then emulsifying by adding water and optionally a surfactant to remove the organic solvent to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer.
  • a method for obtaining a water dispersion of a dye polymer, a monomer of a dye polymer in water, a polymerization initiator A method of obtaining an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer by adding an organic solvent, optionally a surfactant, emulsifying, polymerizing by starting polymerization, and removing the organic solvent simultaneously with polymerization or after polymerization,
  • Dyeing Polymer monomer optionally adding surfactant to emulsify, adding polymerization initiator, starting polymerization and polymerizing to obtain aqueous dispersion of dye polymer, single amount of dye polymer in water Body, optionally adding a surfactant or organic solvent to emulsify, adding a polymerization initiator or, optionally, a poly
  • the method of finely dispersing with the above-mentioned attritor or mill is more preferable.
  • the dye polymer is flexible and difficult to pulverize, it should be produced by any of the above methods other than the method of finely dispersing. Is preferred.
  • (A) Dye polymer In the present invention, the above-described dye polymer is used not in a state dissolved in water but in a state dispersed in water (water dispersion). It is preferable to use ultrapure water as the water.
  • the dye polymer when dispersed in water, tends to be compatible with water (easy to wet) due to the nature of the dye polymer itself or by the surfactant used in combination, and reaggregation of the fine particles of the dye polymer due to steric repulsion. And has the function of suppressing sedimentation.
  • the dye polymer is preferably in the form of particles in an aqueous dispersion.
  • the average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer in the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer is preferably 10 to 500 nm, more preferably 30 to 300 nm, and still more preferably 50 to 200 nm. If it is within the above range, it can be directly printed on the fabric by the ink jet method.
  • a value measured using a particle size distribution measuring device (Nanotrack UPA EX150, manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., trade name) was used.
  • the content of the dye polymer in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass. Within this range, a high-density dyed cloth can be obtained in printing while ensuring storage stability as an inkjet ink.
  • the content of water in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 50 to 95% by mass, more preferably 55 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 60 to 90% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted. The stability of the aqueous dispersion means that precipitation or the like hardly occurs.
  • the aqueous organic solvent preferably has a solubility in water at 25 ° C. of 10 grams or more per 100 grams of water, more preferably 20 grams or more per 100 grams of water, Those which are mixed at an arbitrary ratio are particularly preferable.
  • the aqueous organic solvent include alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and nitrile solvents.
  • Examples include acetonitrile.
  • trimethylolpropane ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, more preferably Ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether are preferred, and ethylene glycol, glycerin and 2-pyrrolidone are more preferred.
  • the content of the aqueous organic solvent in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 30% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted.
  • the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention may optionally contain a surfactant.
  • the surfactant is preferably a low-molecular or high-molecular compound having a hydrophobic group and an ionic group and / or a nonionic hydrophilic group, and preferably has the following characteristics.
  • (2-1) Dispersibility Surfactant is added when dispersing the dye polymer, so that the surfactant is adsorbed on the surface of the dye polymer and is infiltrated (wet) with water, and the dye polymer fine particles are repelled by charge. (Repulsive force) and steric repulsion prevent fine particles from reaggregating and have the function of suppressing sedimentation.
  • a polymer type dispersant having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 50,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymeric dispersant is measured by the same method as the weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer.
  • the surfactant to be added to the present invention comprises a hydrophobic group (an electrically neutral nonpolar group having a low affinity with water) and an ionic group (electrically ionic). It is preferably a polar group having a high affinity with water and / or a nonionic hydrophilic group (an electrically neutral polar group having a high affinity with water).
  • This structure may be linear or branched.
  • any of random, alternating, periodic, and block structures may be used, and a graft polymer designed with a trunk and branch structure may be used.
  • the surfactant can be used in any form of an aqueous solution, a dispersion, or an emulsion when mixed with water or an aqueous organic solvent.
  • the following can be used as the low molecular surfactant and the high molecular dispersant.
  • the cationic surfactant include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts.
  • anionic surfactant examples include fatty acid soap (for example, sodium oleate), N-acyl glutamate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl sulfoacetate, sulfated oil, higher alcohol sulfate Salt, alkyl phosphate ester salt and the like.
  • amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine.
  • a suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
  • nonionic surfactant examples include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan Examples include fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycol.
  • a suitable example is SURFYNOLS (Air Products & Chemicals, trade name), which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant.
  • pages 37 to 38 of JP-A-59-157636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
  • the content of the low molecular surfactant is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion, and the surface tension of the aqueous dispersion can be arbitrarily set within this range. It is preferable to adjust to.
  • the polymeric dispersant can be produced by copolymerizing a hydrophobic group-containing monomer and an ionic group-containing monomer. Each monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above-mentioned hydrophobic group-containing monomer and ionic group-containing monomer are the same as the monomer of the copolymer component of the dye polymer described above.
  • As the polymeric dispersant DISPERBYK-194N (trade name) manufactured by BYK Japan, Inc. can be used.
  • the content of the polymeric dispersant is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion. It is preferable to adjust.
  • a glycol solvent as a wetting agent for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, etc., and urea, hyaluronic acid, sucrose, etc.
  • a glycol solvent as a wetting agent for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, etc., and urea, hyaluronic acid, sucrose, etc.
  • nonionic surfactants and anionic surfactants can be added as dispersion aids, but these surfactants do not deteriorate the performance as dispersion stability. It is preferable to add a small amount.
  • the invention also relates to a colored composition comprising an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer.
  • the coloring composition containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer contains the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer described above, and preferably further contains water or an aqueous organic solvent. Moreover, you may contain components, such as another coloring agent, an organic solvent, surfactant, and various additives as needed. Since the coloring composition containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention has excellent light resistance, it is used not only for fiber dyeing but also for paper media dyeing, plastic dyeing, paints, coatings, and building materials. be able to.
  • the colored composition of the present invention may further contain a colorant (dye, pigment, etc.) other than the dye polymer.
  • a colorant die, pigment, etc.
  • the content of the dye polymer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, further 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the colorant including the dye polymer. That is, it preferably contains only a dye polymer.
  • the content of the dye polymer in the coloring composition is preferably from 0.1 to 20% by weight, preferably from 1 to 15% by weight, based on the total weight of the coloring composition, from the dyeing density and the storage stability of the coloring composition. Is more preferable, and 3 to 12% by mass is even more preferable.
  • the content of water in the coloring composition is preferably 40 to 90% by mass, more preferably 50 to 85% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 80% by mass.
  • Organic solvent examples include polyhydric alcohols (for example, ethylene glycol, glycerin, 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol, tetraethylene glycol).
  • polyhydric alcohols for example, ethylene glycol, glycerin, 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol, tetraethylene glycol.
  • the organic solvent that can be contained in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably the aforementioned aqueous organic solvent.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass and more preferably 2% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the colored composition. preferable.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can further use a surfactant from the viewpoint of enhancing storage stability, ejection stability, ejection accuracy, and the like.
  • a surfactant any of cationic, anionic, amphoteric and nonionic surfactants can be used.
  • cationic surfactant examples include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts.
  • anionic surfactant examples include fatty acid soaps, N-acyl glutamates, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl sulfoacetates, sulfated oils, higher alcohol sulfates, and alkyl phosphates. Etc.
  • amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine.
  • a suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
  • Nonionic surfactants include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid Examples include esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycols.
  • a suitable example is SURFYNOLS (Air Products & Chemicals, trade name), which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant.
  • pages 37 to 38 of JP-A-59-157636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
  • the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the colored composition. It is preferable to arbitrarily adjust the surface tension of the object.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain various conventionally known additives.
  • additives include pH adjusters such as acid bases and buffer solutions, fluorescent brighteners, surface tension adjusters, antifoaming agents, drying inhibitors, lubricants, thickeners, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-fading agents, Examples thereof include an antistatic agent, a matting agent, an antioxidant, a specific resistance adjuster, an antirust agent, an inorganic pigment, a reduction inhibitor, an antiseptic, an antifungal agent, a chelating agent, and a crosslinking agent.
  • UV absorber As ultraviolet absorbers, they are described in JP-A-58-185777, JP-A-61-190537, JP-A-2-782, JP-A-5-97075, JP-A-9-34057, and the like. Benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds described in JP-A-46-2784, JP-A-5-194443, US Pat. No.
  • Anti-fading agent As an anti-fading agent, various organic and metal complex anti-fading agents can be used. Examples of organic fading inhibitors include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, and heterocycles. Examples of the metal complex include a nickel complex and a zinc complex. More specifically, Research Disclosure No. No. 17643, VII, I and J, No. 15162, ibid. No. 18716, page 650, left column, ibid. No. 36544, page 527, ibid. No. 307105, page 872, ibid.
  • the colored composition of the present invention may contain at least one of a preservative and an antifungal agent in order to maintain the long-term storage stability of the colored composition.
  • a preservative and an antifungal agent in order to maintain the long-term storage stability of the colored composition.
  • long-term storage stability can be enhanced.
  • antiseptics and antifungal agents examples include aromatic halogen compounds (for example, Priventol CMK; manufactured by LANXESS, trade name), methylene dithiocyanate, halogen-containing nitrogen-sulfur compounds, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one (For example, Proxel GXL; manufactured by Arch Chemicals, trade name), sodium dehydroacetate, sodium benzoate, sodium pyridinethion-1-oxide, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, And salts thereof.
  • a preservative and an antifungal agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the coloring composition contains an antiseptic and an antifungal agent
  • the content of the antiseptic and the antifungal agent is preferably 0.02% by mass to 1.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the coloring composition.
  • an aqueous organic solvent having a vapor pressure lower than that of water can be suitably used.
  • the coloring composition contains an anti-drying agent, clogging due to drying of the coloring composition at the nozzle outlet of the discharge head that discharges the coloring composition is prevented when used for inkjet recording applications.
  • Specific examples of the drying inhibitor include, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol.
  • Acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerin, polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl) Lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ether, heterocycles such as 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethylmorpholine, Horan, dimethyl sulfoxide, and sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, diacetone alcohol, and polyfunctional compounds such as diethanolamine, and urea derivatives.
  • polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoe
  • a drying inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
  • the content of the anti-drying agent is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the coloring composition.
  • PH adjuster As a pH adjuster, neutralizers, such as an organic base and an inorganic alkali, can be used, for example.
  • the storage stability of a coloring composition can be improved by containing a pH adjuster in a coloring composition.
  • the pH adjusting agent is preferably added so that the pH of the coloring composition is 5 to 12, and more preferably added so that the pH is 5 to 9.
  • surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and anionic surfactants.
  • Preferred examples of the surfactant are the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned surfactant column.
  • antifoaming agent fluorine-based and silicone-based compounds are preferable.
  • the surface tension of the colored composition is preferably adjusted to 20 mN / m to 70 mN / m, and adjusted to 25 mN / m to 60 mN / m. More preferably.
  • the viscosity of the colored composition is preferably adjusted to 40 mPa ⁇ s or less, more preferably adjusted to 30 mPa ⁇ s or less, and adjusted to 20 mPa ⁇ s or less. It is particularly preferable to do this.
  • Surface tension and viscosity are various additives such as viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, specific resistance modifiers, film modifiers, UV absorbers, antioxidants, antifading agents, antifungal agents, and rust inhibitors. It can be adjusted by adding a dispersant, a surfactant and the like.
  • the chelating agent is preferably used for the purpose of preventing the generation of precipitates such as precipitates in the coloring composition, and for the purpose of improving storage stability and clogging recovery.
  • the metal (Ca, Mg, Si, Fe, etc.) contained in the coloring composition may cause the generation of precipitates and the reduction in clogging recovery. It is known that ions need to be managed below a certain amount.
  • a copper complex dye is used, even if the amount of metal ions is controlled, if the amount of free copper ions is not controlled, the occurrence of precipitates and a reduction in clogging recovery may be observed.
  • chelating agent examples include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), nitrilotriacetic acid, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, uramildiacetic acid, and metal salts thereof (for example, sodium salt).
  • the colored composition may contain a crosslinking agent.
  • the crosslinking agent include blocked isocyanate crosslinking agents (for example, Meikanate CX, TP-10, DM-35HC, SU-268A, etc., all manufactured by Meisei Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade names), and polyfunctional epoxy crosslinking agents (for example, , Denacor EX-313, 314, 322, 411, etc., all manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation, trade names).
  • the colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as an inkjet ink in which the amount of colorant supplied onto the fabric is limited.
  • the present invention also relates to an inkjet ink including an aqueous dispersion of a polymer (dye polymer) having at least a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
  • the inkjet ink is preferably used for textile printing.
  • the components contained in the inkjet ink are the same as those shown in the above-described coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the content of the dye polymer and other components in the ink-jet ink can be in the range of the content shown in the above-described coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the ink cartridge of the present invention is an ink cartridge filled with the ink jet ink of the present invention.
  • the ink jet printing method of the present invention is an ink jet method comprising an ink jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a polymer (dye polymer) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
  • An inkjet printing method including a step of directly printing on a fabric.
  • the ink-jet textile printing method of the present invention produces an effect that it does not produce waste materials such as waste water and transfer paper, is simple in workability, and is excellent in the quality (texture) of the colored cloth.
  • Fabrics include synthetic fibers such as nylon, polyester and acrylonitrile, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate and rayon, natural fibers such as cotton, silk and wool, and mixed fibers, woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, etc. Is mentioned.
  • These fabrics can be coated with a pretreatment agent for the purpose of further improving the color density and adjusting the hue.
  • a commercially available cationic polymer or cationic oligomer can be used as the pretreatment agent.
  • Apparel includes T-shirts, trainers, jerseys, pants, sweatsuits, dresses, blouses and the like. It is also suitable for fabrics, bedding, handkerchiefs and the like.
  • the ink jet textile printing method of the present invention preferably further includes a heat treatment step.
  • a heat treatment step by performing a heat treatment step after printing on the fabric, the dye polymer particles can be melted (or softened) and the adhesion to the fibers can be improved (that is, heat-treated for melt dyeing). Can do).
  • the colored cloth is preferably dried and then subjected to heat treatment for the purpose of melting and dyeing, and the heating temperature and time are selected so that the dye polymer is sufficient to melt and the dye polymer is not thermally decomposed. It is preferable. Usually, it is more preferable to perform heat treatment at 100 to 200 ° C. for 30 seconds to 3 minutes.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dye polymer is low, a colored cloth having a desired quality can be obtained at a low temperature within a short time within the above range.
  • the dye polymer or additive has a crosslinkable group or a reactive group (for example, blocked isocyanate, epoxy group, etc.)
  • the dye polymer is cross-linked between the dye polymers or the fabric in this heat treatment step, and the fastness is obtained. Can be further improved.
  • the fabric colored with the ink-jet ink containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention is excellent in quality (texture) and fastness (friction resistance).
  • Post-treatment agents for the purpose of softening include cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, fatty acid , Fatty acid amide, mineral oil, vegetable oil, animal oil, plasticizer and the like.
  • a post-treatment agent for improving the smoothness of the colored fabric surface metal soap, paraffin wax, carnauba wax, microstalline wax, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, etc. Is mentioned.
  • these post-treatment agents are emulsified, thermally emulsified, or dispersed in a water solvent by stirring with a mixer, and a colored cloth is immersed in the resulting mixture, followed by squeezing with a mangle or the like and applying heat treatment.
  • the friction resistance of a colored cloth can be improved by mix
  • the blending amount with respect to the post-treatment agent is preferably less than 5%, which is preferable because the softness of the texture of the colored fabric is not easily impaired.
  • the resin emulsion blended into the post-treatment agent as a sticking agent is not particularly limited, but is an acrylic ester resin emulsion, a urethane resin emulsion, an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer resin (EVA resin) emulsion, a silicone / acrylic resin emulsion.
  • Polyester resin emulsion or the like can be used, and in order to soften the texture of the colored cloth, the glass transition point of these resin emulsions is preferably 0 ° C. or lower.
  • the colored fiber product produced by the inkjet printing method of the present invention exhibits excellent effects in any of the characteristics of texture, wash fastness, friction fastness, and printing workability. Therefore, the inkjet printing method and colored composition of the present invention Products and inkjet inks are of great value.
  • the present invention also relates to a colored fabric comprising a fabric and a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group (dye polymer).
  • the fabric and the dye polymer are as described above.
  • the colored cloth of the present invention can be obtained by printing the cloth by the above-described ink jet printing method of the present invention.
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • Illustrative compound (Y-1-1) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 ⁇ m) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm (revolution per minute) using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (1). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 130 nm.
  • NMP 16 parts of NMP was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 7.0 parts of dye monomer YM-1 (synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 5315267), 3.0 parts of methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-1 (manufactured by Aldrich, average molecular weight 2000), V-601 ( Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name) 0.1 parts and NMP 24 parts were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours.
  • Illustrative compound (Y-2-2) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 ⁇ m) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were further removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (2). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 90 nm.
  • dye monomer YM-1 (synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 5315267) 6.0 parts, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: Bremer PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation, average) 2.0 parts of molecular weight 1000), 2.0 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 8 parts of MEK (methyl ethyl ketone) and 8 parts of THF were added and kept at 65 ° C. under nitrogen. 0.1 part of V-65 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added and stirred for 2 hours.
  • V-65 trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • the repeat number 90 in methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-3 is a value calculated as a molecular weight of 4000.
  • dye monomer BM-1 (synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2016-75845) 6.0 parts, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: BLEMMER PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation) , Average molecular weight 1000) 2.0 parts, butyl acrylate 2.0 parts, V-65 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 0.1 part), MEK 12 parts, THF 12 parts, and the mixed solution for 2 hours Over the flask.
  • dye monomer BM-1 (synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2016-75845) 6.0 parts, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: BLEMMER PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation) , Average molecular weight 1000) 2.0 parts, butyl acrylate 2.0 parts, V-65 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 0.1 part), MEK 12 parts, THF 12 parts
  • the glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (B-1-2) was measured by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry), and as a result, it was confirmed to be about 90 ° C. 20 parts of MEK / THF solution of the above exemplified compound (B-1-2), 10 parts of MEK, and 35 parts of ultrapure water were mixed and further stirred at 14000 rpm for 12 minutes, and then the organic solvent was distilled off at 50 ° C. and 100 mbar. . The coarse particles were removed with a filter to obtain a dye polymer aqueous dispersion (5). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 150 nm.
  • NMP 16 parts of NMP was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 8.5 parts of dye monomer RM-1 (synthesized as described in Chemical Abstract 84, page 19172), 1.5 parts of methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-1 (Aldrich, average molecular weight 2000), V -601 (product name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 0.1 part and NMP 24 part were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours.
  • Illustrative compound (R-2-1) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (made by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 ⁇ m) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were further removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (6). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 130 nm.
  • NMP 16 parts of NMP was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 7.0 parts of dye monomer D-1 (synthesized by the method described in US2011 / 0149128), methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: Blemmer PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation, average molecular weight 1000) ) 3.0 parts, V-601 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 0.15 parts and NMP 24 parts were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.15 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours.
  • Illustrative compound (D-1-2) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 ⁇ m) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were further removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (7). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 120 nm.
  • Example 1 [Preparation of ink liquid for ink jet textile printing (A1)] The following components were mixed at room temperature, stirred for 15 minutes, and then filtered through a filter (average pore size 0.8 ⁇ m) to prepare ink for inkjet printing (A1).
  • Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1) 3.0 parts Trimethylolpropane 0.058 parts Ultrapure water 0.899 parts 1,2-hexanediol 0.118 parts
  • Glycerin 0.580 parts
  • 2-Pyrrolidone 0.159 parts
  • Propylene glycol 0.042 parts Surfinol 465 (trade name, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry) 0.056 parts
  • Inkjet printing method Ink for ink-jet textile printing (A1) is loaded into an ink cartridge, and an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A manufactured by Epson, product name) is used to make a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), manufactured by Color & Color Co., Ltd., product code A02. -01019), cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01002), and polyester 65% cotton 35% mixed spinning (Blend Polyester 65 / Cotton 35 Broad, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-) Each image was printed on 01030) and dried at room temperature for 12 hours.
  • an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A manufactured by Epson, product name) is used to make a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), manufactured by Color & Color Co., Ltd., product code A02. -01019), cotton fabric (with cotton broad
  • heat treatment is performed using a heat press (manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type) at 180 ° C., pressure 0.20 N / cm 2 for 60 seconds. A clear image without blurring was obtained.
  • a heat press manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type
  • Examples 2 to 7 Inkjet textile printing inks (A2) to (A7) were prepared in the same manner as inkjet textile printing ink (A1) except that dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1) was changed to dye polymer aqueous dispersions (2) to (7). Prepared.
  • aqueous binder 50 parts of MEK was placed in a three-necked flask and kept at 75 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, a mixture of 80 parts of butyl methacrylate, 20 parts of acrylic acid, 50 parts of MEK, and 0.5 part of azoisobutyronitrile was dropped into the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was heated to reflux for 5 hours, cooled to room temperature, and heated under reduced pressure to obtain a polymer residue. Thereto was added 350 parts of ion-exchanged water and 1.05 moles of sodium hydroxide of acrylic acid added as a monomer and dissolved therein. Dilution with ion-exchanged water was performed so that the total amount became 500 parts to obtain a 20% aqueous solution of an aqueous binder.
  • the obtained pigment ink is loaded into an ink cartridge, and an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A manufactured by Epson, product name) is used to fabricate a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), manufactured by Color & Color Co., Ltd., product code A02-01019. ), Cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01002), and polyester 65% cotton 35% blended yarn (blended polyester 65 / cotton 35 broad, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01030) Images were printed on each and dried at room temperature for 12 hours.
  • an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A manufactured by Epson, product name) is used to fabricate a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), manufactured by Color & Color Co., Ltd., product code A02-01019. ), Cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co
  • heat treatment is performed using a heat press (manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type) at a temperature of 200 ° C., a pressure of 0.20 N / cm 2 , and a time of 60 seconds.
  • a heat press manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type
  • the evaluation results of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 are shown in Table 1.
  • the evaluation of the colored fabric is the result of the following method. Of the three types of fabrics, cotton fabrics were used in the evaluation of the texture and fastness to wet friction. (Image clarity) Visual sensory evaluation was performed. The three types of fabrics were evaluated in four stages: A for the case of clearness, B for the case of clearness with two types, C for the case of only one type, and D for no clear image. (Texture) The untreated cloth before dyeing and the colored cloth after dyeing were touched by hand, and the texture of the colored cloth was subjected to sensory evaluation. 10 points were assigned to the fabrics with the texture of the colored fabric that was close to that of the untreated fabrics, and 0 points were assigned to the other.
  • Example 8 5 parts of Wacker Finish CT-14 (manufactured by Wacker, trade name) and 3 parts of Matsuminsol MR50 (manufactured by Matsui Dye Co., Ltd., trade name) were stirred and mixed in 92 parts of water to obtain a post-treatment agent. After printing an image by the inkjet method in the same manner as in Example 2, the post-treatment agent was padded, immediately squeezed with a mangle at a pickup rate of 70%, dried at 100 ° C. with a dryer, and then dried.
  • various kinds of fabrics can be dyed, excellent in environmental load, no problem in workability, excellent in sharpness and fastness of the obtained image, and quality (texture) of the colored fabric.
  • various types of fabrics can be dyed, the environmental load is excellent, there is no problem in workability, and the image is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the color is excellent in quality (texture).
  • Ink-jet ink that can provide a cloth, an ink cartridge filled with the ink-jet ink, and the colored cloth can be provided.

Abstract

The present invention provides: an inkjet textile printing method comprising a step for directly printing, on a cloth, an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer that has a repeating unit including a dye-derived structure and has a repeating unit including a non-ionic hydrophilic group, by an inkjet method; an inkjet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer; an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink; and a colored fabric.

Description

インクジェット捺染方法、インクジェットインク、インクカートリッジ、及び着色布Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored cloth
 本発明は、インクジェット捺染方法、インクジェットインク、インクカートリッジ、及び着色布に関する。 The present invention relates to an inkjet textile printing method, an inkjet ink, an ink cartridge, and a colored cloth.
 従来、布帛の着色に用いられる着色剤は染料又は顔料のいずれかであり、こられの着色剤を用いて、布帛を工業的に着色する方法として、スクリーン印刷方式、ローラー印刷方式、転写方式、インクジェット方式等が行われてきた。特に、インクジェット方式は、他の方式に比べて版を作製する必要がなく、手早く階調性に優れた画像を形成でき、更に、形成画像として必要な量のインクのみを使用するため、廃液が少ないなどの環境的な利点を有する優れた画像形成方法であるといえる。 Conventionally, a colorant used for coloring a fabric is either a dye or a pigment, and a screen printing method, a roller printing method, a transfer method, as a method for industrially coloring the fabric using these colorants, Inkjet systems have been used. In particular, the inkjet method does not need to prepare a plate as compared with other methods, can quickly form an image with excellent gradation, and uses only a necessary amount of ink as a formed image. It can be said that this is an excellent image forming method having environmental advantages such as few.
 例えば、特許文献1には、染料を水に溶解させてインクを調製し、インクジェット方式で布帛を染色するインクジェット捺染が記載されている。
 染料は分子1つ1つが繊維と相互作用することで繊維の内部まで入り込み、繊維と一体化するため、染料で染色された布帛は柔軟であり風合いが良く、衣料品として品質的に好まれている。一方、染料を用いたインクジェット捺染は、染色後、染料を固着するために着色した布帛をスチーム加熱し、その後、余剰の染料を水洗やソーピングなどの工程により洗浄する必要がある。このため、工程が繁雑で装置と手間がかかり、廃水が生じる。
 また、染料による着色では、繊維の種類によって、染料の種類を適切に選択して使用する必要がある。例えば、綿、麻などのセルロース繊維には反応性染料、又は直接染料、羊毛や絹などの動物性繊維には酸性染料、ナイロン繊維には酸性染料又は分散染料、ポリエステル繊維には分散染料、アクリル繊維にはカチオン染料などが使用されている。
For example, Patent Document 1 describes ink jet printing in which an ink is prepared by dissolving a dye in water and a fabric is dyed by an ink jet method.
Each dye molecule penetrates into the inside of the fiber by interacting with the fiber and is integrated with the fiber. Therefore, the fabric dyed with the dye is flexible and has a good texture, and is favored as a quality item for clothing. Yes. On the other hand, in inkjet printing using a dye, it is necessary to steam-heat a colored fabric to fix the dye after dyeing, and then wash the excess dye by a process such as water washing or soaping. For this reason, a process is complicated and an apparatus and time are required, and waste water arises.
Further, in coloring with a dye, it is necessary to appropriately select the type of dye depending on the type of fiber. For example, reactive dyes or direct dyes for cellulose fibers such as cotton and hemp, acid dyes for animal fibers such as wool and silk, acid dyes or disperse dyes for nylon fibers, disperse dyes and acrylics for polyester fibers Cationic dyes are used for the fibers.
 上記した通常のインクジェット捺染における工程の繁雑さ、装置と手間がかかる問題、廃水の問題を改善した染色方法として、インクジェット昇華転写捺染方式が広く実用化されている(例えば特許文献2参照)。インクジェット昇華転写捺染方式は、インクジェットプリンタを用いて捺染したい図柄を、分散染料を含有させた樹脂粒子を含むインクにより、転写紙上に印刷した後に、この転写紙とポリエステル布帛を重ね合わせ、加熱処理を行うことで、昇華性の染料を樹脂粒子からポリエステル布帛への転移させる方式である。
 しかしながら、この方式における染色の機構は、染料分子の熱拡散又は熱昇華、あるいは両者が混じり合った現象であるといわれており、その方式に起因して、使用される染料として分散染料の一種である昇華染料を使用するために、主としてポリエステル布帛の染色にしか対応していない。また、使用済みの転写紙はリサイクル不能なため、産業廃棄物となる。
An ink-jet sublimation transfer printing method has been widely put into practical use as a dyeing method that improves the complexity of processes in the above-described ordinary ink-jet printing, the problem of time and labor required for the apparatus, and the problem of waste water (see, for example, Patent Document 2). In the ink-jet sublimation transfer printing method, a pattern to be printed using an ink-jet printer is printed on transfer paper with ink containing resin particles containing a disperse dye, and then the transfer paper and a polyester fabric are superposed and heat-treated. This is a method for transferring the sublimable dye from the resin particles to the polyester fabric.
However, the dyeing mechanism in this system is said to be a phenomenon of thermal diffusion or thermal sublimation of dye molecules, or a mixture of both. In order to use a certain sublimation dye, it mainly corresponds to dyeing | staining of a polyester fabric. In addition, the used transfer paper cannot be recycled and becomes industrial waste.
 一方、顔料を用いたインクジェット方式の着色方法も検討されている(例えば特許文献3参照)。この方法では、顔料と分散剤としての界面活性剤を水中で混合した後、ガラスビーズ、ジルコニアビーズ、チタニアビーズ、又はステンレス球などと共にアトライターやミル機で微分散したものが着色剤として用いられている。そして、この着色剤を、顔料固着用のエマルジョン樹脂を配合したレジューサーにより希釈し、顔料インクを調製し、インクジェット方式により繊維に付着させ、加熱ローラーによって樹脂を融着させることで顔料を固着させる。
 顔料による着色方法は、染料による着色方法と異なり、線維種による着色剤の選定を必要とせず、また、複雑なスチーム加熱(蒸し)工程及び水洗工程が不要であり、きわめて簡略的に繊維に着色し顔料を固着することができる。
 しかしながら、顔料は色素の分子が集まった粒子の形態で繊維に付着する(乗っている)ものであり、着色布(着色した布帛)の洗濯堅牢性、摩擦堅牢性などの堅牢性を保持するために固着剤として大量のエマルジョン樹脂を用いなければならず、着色布の風合いが硬くなり、衣料品としての品質は染料で着色された着色布に劣るものである。また、エマルジョン樹脂が水分の揮発により乾燥してしまい、顔料インクが増粘し、インクジェットプリンタが目詰まりを起こすなどの現象が起こりやすく、作業性に劣る。
On the other hand, an ink-jet coloring method using a pigment has also been studied (for example, see Patent Document 3). In this method, a pigment and a surfactant as a dispersant are mixed in water and then finely dispersed with an attritor or a mill machine together with glass beads, zirconia beads, titania beads, stainless steel balls, or the like is used as a colorant. ing. Then, this colorant is diluted with a reducer containing an emulsion resin for fixing the pigment, a pigment ink is prepared, adhered to the fiber by an ink jet method, and the resin is fused by a heating roller to fix the pigment. .
Unlike the coloring method using dyes, the coloring method using pigments does not require the selection of a colorant based on the fiber type, and does not require complicated steam heating (steaming) and water washing processes, making it extremely simple to color fibers. The pigment can be fixed.
However, the pigment adheres to (is on) the fiber in the form of particles in which the dye molecules are gathered, and maintains fastness such as washing fastness and friction fastness of the colored cloth (colored cloth). In addition, a large amount of emulsion resin must be used as a fixing agent, the texture of the colored cloth becomes hard, and the quality as clothing is inferior to the colored cloth colored with a dye. In addition, the emulsion resin is dried due to the volatilization of water, the pigment ink is thickened, and a phenomenon such as clogging of the ink jet printer is likely to occur, resulting in poor workability.
 なお、特許文献4には、ポリマー骨格に特定の染料が連結した特定の構造を有するポリマーを含有するインクジェットインクが記載されている。
 また、特許文献5には、着色剤の構造を有するポリウレタンを含むインクジェットインクが記載されている。
Patent Document 4 describes an ink-jet ink containing a polymer having a specific structure in which a specific dye is linked to a polymer skeleton.
Patent Document 5 describes an ink-jet ink containing polyurethane having a colorant structure.
日本国特開2002-348502号公報Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-348502 日本国特開平10-58638号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-58638 日本国特開2010-37700号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2010-37700 日本国特表2004-534106号公報Japan Special Table 2004-534106 日本国特表2002-509957号公報Japan Special Table 2002-509957
 以上のように、染料による着色は、着色布の品質(風合い)、堅牢性は優れているが、繊維種による染料の選定が必要であり、工程が繁雑である問題、設備が必要となる問題、廃水及び廃材などの環境負荷の点で劣るなどの問題がある。一方、顔料による着色は、繊維種による染料の選定が不要で工程も簡便なものであるが、インクの増粘によるインクジェットプリンタの目詰まりなどの作業性等に問題を有しており、着色布の品質(風合い)に劣るものが良いという問題を抱えている。
 また、特許文献4には、捺染については具体的な開示はなく、上記問題点についても一切記載されていない。
As mentioned above, coloring with dyes is excellent in the quality (texture) and fastness of the colored fabric, but it is necessary to select dyes based on the fiber type, and the process is complicated and the equipment is necessary. There are problems such as inferior environmental load such as waste water and waste materials. On the other hand, coloring with pigments does not require the selection of dyes based on the fiber type, and the process is simple, but has problems in workability such as clogging of ink jet printers due to thickening of ink, and coloring cloth I have a problem that the quality (texture) is inferior.
Further, Patent Document 4 does not specifically disclose textile printing, and does not describe any of the above problems.
 本発明の課題は、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷が少なく、作業性に問題がなく、得られる画像の鮮明性及び堅牢性に優れ、かつ着色布の品質(風合い)にも優れた、インクジェット捺染方法を提供することにある。また、本発明の別の課題は、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷が少なく、作業性に問題がなく、得られる画像の鮮明性及び堅牢性に優れ、かつ着色布の品質(風合い)にも優れた着色布を提供することができるインクジェットインク、及びインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ、並びに着色布を提供することである。 The problem of the present invention is that various kinds of fabrics can be dyed, the environmental load is small, there is no problem in workability, the image obtained is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the quality (texture) of the colored fabric. Another object of the present invention is to provide an ink jet textile printing method which is excellent. Further, another problem of the present invention is that various types of fabrics can be dyed, there is little environmental load, there is no problem in workability, the image obtained is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the colored fabric is An object of the present invention is to provide an inkjet ink capable of providing a colored cloth excellent in quality (texture), an ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink, and a colored cloth.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決するため研究を重ね、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー(以下、「染料ポリマー」ともいう)の水分散体を用いて、インクジェット方式で布帛に直接印捺する方法により、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷が少なく、作業性に問題がなく、優れた品質の着色布が得られることを見出した。
 上記方法により上記課題が解決できるメカニズムとして、詳細は不明であるが以下のように推測している。
 本発明における染料ポリマーの水分散体は、染料ポリマーを水溶液ではなく水分散体としているため、顔料粒子と同様ににじみが低減可能であり、水洗工程も不要のため廃水が発生しない。また、布帛に直接印捺するため、転写紙などの廃棄物が発生しない。顔料インクのように固着剤としてのエマルジョン樹脂を用いないためインクの増粘がなく作業性に優れる。更に、繊維種に関係なく繊維の表面を被覆するように染料ポリマーが分子レベルで繊維と一体化すると考えられる。このため、様々な種類の繊維からなる布帛を染色することができ、かつ優れた品質の着色布が得られるものと考えられる。本発明における染料ポリマーは、分散基として非イオン性親水性基を有することで、インクジェット方式で布帛に直接印捺するために必要な水への分散安定性と、着色布の堅牢性に必要な耐水性とを両立することが可能になったと考えられる。
 尚、本発明において、インクジェットインクを、インクジェット方式で布帛に「直接印捺する」とは、転写工程が不要であり、インクジェットインクが直接布帛に印捺されること、及び、前処理工程が不要でインクジェットインクが直接布帛に印捺されることの両方を指す。
 本発明の課題は、具体的には以下の手段によって達成された。
The present inventor has conducted research to solve the above problems, and has a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group (hereinafter also referred to as “dye polymer”). Various types of fabrics can be dyed by the method of directly printing on fabrics using an aqueous dispersion of the above, and there is little environmental burden, no problem in workability, and excellent quality colored fabrics It was found that can be obtained.
Although details are unknown as a mechanism that can solve the above problem by the above method, it is presumed as follows.
In the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer in the present invention, since the dye polymer is not an aqueous solution but an aqueous dispersion, bleeding can be reduced in the same manner as the pigment particles, and no water washing step is required, so no waste water is generated. In addition, since printing is performed directly on the fabric, waste such as transfer paper is not generated. Since the emulsion resin as the fixing agent is not used unlike the pigment ink, the viscosity of the ink is not increased and the workability is excellent. Furthermore, it is considered that the dye polymer is integrated with the fiber at the molecular level so as to cover the surface of the fiber regardless of the fiber type. For this reason, it is thought that the cloth which consists of various kinds of fibers can be dyed, and the colored cloth of the excellent quality is obtained. The dye polymer in the present invention has a nonionic hydrophilic group as a dispersing group, so that it is necessary for the dispersion stability in water and the fastness of the colored fabric necessary for printing directly on the fabric by the ink jet method. It seems that it became possible to achieve both water resistance.
In the present invention, “directly printing” an inkjet ink on a fabric by an inkjet method does not require a transfer process, and the inkjet ink is directly printed on the fabric and a pretreatment process is not necessary. Ink jet ink is directly printed on a fabric.
Specifically, the object of the present invention has been achieved by the following means.
〔1〕
 染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーの水分散体を含むインクジェットインクを、インクジェット方式で布帛に直接印捺する工程を有するインクジェット捺染方法。
〔2〕
 更に、熱処理工程を含む、〔1〕に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
〔3〕
 上記インクジェットインクが、更に、水性有機溶剤を含む、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
〔4〕
 上記非イオン性親水性基が下記一般式(A)で表される基である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
[1]
Inkjet printing method comprising a step of directly printing an ink-jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group on a fabric by an inkjet method .
[2]
Furthermore, the inkjet textile printing method as described in [1] including a heat treatment process.
[3]
The inkjet printing method according to [1] or [2], wherein the inkjet ink further contains an aqueous organic solvent.
[4]
The inkjet printing method according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the nonionic hydrophilic group is a group represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 一般式(A)中、n1は、5~150の整数を表す。
〔5〕
 上記染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位である、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
In general formula (A), n1 represents an integer of 5 to 150.
[5]
The inkjet printing method according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。
〔6〕
 上記一般式(1)中のDが下記一般式(M1)~(M8)のいずれかで表される染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す、〔5〕に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
In General Formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
[6]
D 1 of the above general formula (1) represents a removing one dye residue arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following formulas (M1) ~ (M8), according to [5] Inkjet printing method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 一般式(M1)中、R101~R110は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M2)中、R201~R215は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X201は一価の陰イオンを表し、n201は0又は1を表す。 
 一般式(M3)中、R301~R317は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X301は一価の陰イオンを表し、n301は0又は1を表す。
 一般式(M4)中、R402~R407は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar401は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、上記フェニル基、上記ナフチル基、又は上記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
 一般式(M5)中、R501~R508は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M6)中、R601~R603は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar601は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、上記フェニル基、上記ナフチル基、又は上記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
 一般式(M7)中、R701~R706は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M8)中、R811~R818及びR821~R828は、各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
〔7〕
 上記ポリマーのガラス転移温度が100℃以下である、〔1〕~〔6〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
〔8〕
 染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーの水分散体を含む捺染用のインクジェットインク。
〔9〕
 上記非イオン性親水性基が下記一般式(A)で表される基である、〔8〕に記載のインクジェットインク。
In general formula (M1), R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M2), R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
In general formula (M3), R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
In General Formula (M4), R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
In general formula (M5), R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M6), R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
In general formula (M7), R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M8), R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
[7]
The inkjet printing method according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the glass transition temperature of the polymer is 100 ° C. or lower.
[8]
An inkjet ink for printing comprising a water dispersion of a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
[9]
The inkjet ink according to [8], wherein the nonionic hydrophilic group is a group represented by the following general formula (A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 一般式(A)中、n1は、5~150の整数を表す。
〔10〕
 上記染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位である、〔8〕又は〔9〕に記載のインクジェットインク。
In general formula (A), n1 represents an integer of 5 to 150.
[10]
The inkjet ink according to [8] or [9], wherein the repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。
〔11〕
 上記一般式(1)中のDが下記一般式(M1)~(M8)のいずれかで表される染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す、〔10〕に記載のインクジェットインク。
In General Formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
[11]
In [10], D 1 in the general formula (1) represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M8). Inkjet ink.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(M1)中、R101~R110は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M2)中、R201~R215は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X201は一価の陰イオンを表し、n201は0又は1を表す。 
 一般式(M3)中、R301~R317は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X301は一価の陰イオンを表し、n301は0又は1を表す。
 一般式(M4)中、R402~R407は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar401は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、上記フェニル基、上記ナフチル基、又は上記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
 一般式(M5)中、R501~R508は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M6)中、R601~R603は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar601は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、上記フェニル基、上記ナフチル基、又は上記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
 一般式(M7)中、R701~R706は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M8)中、R811~R818及びR821~R828は、各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
〔12〕
 上記ポリマーのガラス転移温度が100℃以下である、〔8〕~〔11〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。
〔13〕
 更に、水性有機溶剤を含む、〔8〕~〔12〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。
〔14〕
 上記ポリマーの水分散体における上記ポリマーが粒子状のポリマーであり、上記粒子状のポリマーの平均粒子径が50~500nmである、〔8〕~〔13〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。
〔15〕
 上記ポリマーの重量平均分子量が3,000~2,000,000である、〔8〕~〔13〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。
〔16〕
 〔8〕~〔15〕のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ。
〔17〕
 布帛と、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーとを含む着色布。
In general formula (M1), R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M2), R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
In general formula (M3), R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
In General Formula (M4), R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
In general formula (M5), R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M6), R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
In general formula (M7), R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M8), R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
[12]
The inkjet ink according to any one of [8] to [11], wherein the glass transition temperature of the polymer is 100 ° C. or lower.
[13]
The inkjet ink according to any one of [8] to [12], further comprising an aqueous organic solvent.
[14]
The inkjet ink according to any one of [8] to [13], wherein the polymer in the aqueous dispersion of the polymer is a particulate polymer, and the average particle diameter of the particulate polymer is 50 to 500 nm. .
[15]
The inkjet ink according to any one of [8] to [13], wherein the polymer has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 2,000,000.
[16]
[8] An ink cartridge filled with the ink jet ink according to any one of [15].
[17]
A colored fabric comprising a fabric and a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
 本発明によれば、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷に優れ、作業性に問題がなく、得られる画像の鮮明性及び堅牢性に優れ、かつ着色布の品質(風合い)にも優れた、インクジェット捺染方法を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷に優れ、作業性に問題がなく、鮮明性及び堅牢性に優れた画像並びに品質(風合い)に優れた着色布を提供することができるインクジェットインク、及びインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ、並びに上記着色布を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, various kinds of fabrics can be dyed, excellent in environmental load, no problem in workability, excellent in sharpness and fastness of the obtained image, and quality (texture) of the colored fabric. In addition, it is possible to provide an ink jet textile printing method which is excellent. In addition, according to the present invention, various types of fabrics can be dyed, the environmental load is excellent, there is no problem in workability, and the image is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the color is excellent in quality (texture). Ink-jet ink that can provide a cloth, an ink cartridge filled with the ink-jet ink, and the colored cloth can be provided.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」はアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも一方を表し、「(メタ)アクリル」はアクリル及びメタクリルの少なくとも一方を表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」はアクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの少なくとも一方を表す。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.
In this specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents at least one of acrylic and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents at least one of acryloyl and methacryloyl. Represents.
<染料ポリマー>
 本発明における染料ポリマーの「染料に由来する構造」とは、染料として用いられる化合物から任意の水素原子を1個以上取り除いてなる基(染料残基)である。
 本発明における染料ポリマーは、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーであり、任意の染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、任意の非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を含む色素多量体である。
 本発明の染料ポリマーは直鎖又は分岐のいずれでもよく、繰り返し単位はランダム、交互、周期、ブロックのいずれでもよく、幹と枝の構造がデザインされたグラフトポリマーやデンドリマーであっても良い。また、架橋構造を有していても良い。
 染料ポリマーの種類は特に限定されないが、アクリルポリマー、スチレンポリマー、ポリウレタン、ポリエステル、ポリウレア、ポリアミド、ポリカーボネート、ポリエーテル等などを好ましく用いることができ、アクリルポリマー、スチレンポリマーがより好ましい。
<Dye polymer>
The “structure derived from a dye” of the dye polymer in the present invention is a group (dye residue) formed by removing one or more arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a compound used as a dye.
The dye polymer in the present invention is a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group, a repeating unit containing a structure derived from an arbitrary dye, and any A multimer of a dye comprising a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
The dye polymer of the present invention may be either linear or branched, the repeating unit may be random, alternating, periodic, or block, and may be a graft polymer or dendrimer with a trunk and branch structure designed. Moreover, you may have a crosslinked structure.
Although the kind of dye polymer is not particularly limited, acrylic polymer, styrene polymer, polyurethane, polyester, polyurea, polyamide, polycarbonate, polyether, and the like can be preferably used, and acrylic polymer and styrene polymer are more preferable.
 本発明におけるアクリルポリマーとは、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する繰り返し単位及び(メタ)アクリル酸エステルに由来する繰り返し単位からなる群のうち、少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有するポリマーである。また、本発明におけるスチレンポリマーとは、スチレンに由来する繰り返し単位を有するポリマーのことをいう。
 本発明における染料ポリマーを得るための方法としては、(1)重合性の染料単量体及び/又は非イオン性親水性基を有する単量体を重合、又は共重合させて多量体を得る方法、(2)ポリマーを形成した後に、高分子反応により染料に由来する構造及び/又は非イオン性親水性基を有する構造を導入する方法、を用いることができる。
The acrylic polymer in the present invention is a polymer having at least one type of repeating unit from the group consisting of repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid and repeating units derived from (meth) acrylic acid esters. Moreover, the styrene polymer in this invention means the polymer which has a repeating unit derived from styrene.
As a method for obtaining a dye polymer in the present invention, (1) a method of obtaining a multimer by polymerizing or copolymerizing a polymerizable dye monomer and / or a monomer having a nonionic hydrophilic group (2) After forming a polymer, a method of introducing a structure derived from a dye and / or a structure having a nonionic hydrophilic group by a polymer reaction can be used.
 本発明では染料ポリマーを水に分散した状態で用いるため、分散性に関して、染料ポリマーには最適な分子量の範囲があり、その分子量の範囲の上限以下であれば分散体の再凝集が起きにくい。一方、最適な分子量の範囲の下限以上であれば水及び水性有機溶剤へ溶解しにくい。本発明の染料ポリマーの分子量は、重量平均分子量が3,000~2,000,000であることが好ましく、5,000~1,000,000であることがより好ましく、8,000~200,000であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲にあると、分散安定性及び堅牢性に優れる。
 染料ポリマーの重量平均分子量はゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)により算出した。本明細書において、GPCは特に断らない限り、HLC-8220GPC(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムをTSKgel SuperHZM-H、TSKgel SuperHZ4000、TSKgel SuperHZ2000(東ソー社製)で測定し、数平均分子量はポリスチレン換算により算出した。キャリアは適宜選定すればよいが、溶解可能であるかぎり、NMP(N-メチルピロリドン)を用いた。
In the present invention, since the dye polymer is used in a state of being dispersed in water, the dye polymer has an optimum molecular weight range with respect to dispersibility, and re-aggregation of the dispersion hardly occurs if the molecular weight is below the upper limit of the molecular weight range. On the other hand, it is difficult to dissolve in water and an aqueous organic solvent as long as it is at least the lower limit of the optimum molecular weight range. The molecular weight of the dye polymer of the present invention is preferably a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably 5,000 to 1,000,000, and 8,000 to 200,000. More preferably, it is 000. Within the above range, the dispersion stability and fastness are excellent.
The weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer was calculated by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). In this specification, unless otherwise specified, GPC is measured using HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the column is measured with TSKgel SuperHZM-H, TSKgel SuperHZ4000, TSKgel SuperHZ2000 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and the number average molecular weight is Calculated by polystyrene conversion. The carrier may be appropriately selected, but NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) was used as long as it was soluble.
 本発明の染料ポリマーはそのガラス転移温度が熱処理温度の加熱温度以下であることが好ましく、200℃以下であることが好ましく、150℃以下であることがより好ましく、100℃以下であることが更に好ましい。上記範囲にあると、堅牢性及び品質(風合い)に優れる。堅牢性が優れる機構は明らかではないが、以下のように推定している。布帛上に打滴された染料ポリマーは熱処理により溶融することで、染料ポリマー同士及び染料ポリマーと布が融着することで染料ポリマー皮膜の強度が向上し、かつ染料ポリマー皮膜と布が強固に密着し、堅牢性が更に向上すると推定している。また、染料ポリマーのガラス転移温度が低いと染料ポリマー皮膜が柔軟になり品質(風合い)が更に向上すると推定している。染料ポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)はDSC(示差走査熱測定)により測定できる。 The dye polymer of the present invention preferably has a glass transition temperature not higher than the heating temperature of the heat treatment temperature, preferably not higher than 200 ° C, more preferably not higher than 150 ° C, and further preferably not higher than 100 ° C. preferable. When it is in the above range, it is excellent in fastness and quality (texture). The mechanism of excellent robustness is not clear, but is estimated as follows. The dye polymer deposited on the cloth is melted by heat treatment, and the dye polymer film and the cloth are fused to improve the strength of the dye polymer film, and the dye polymer film and the cloth are firmly adhered to each other. However, it is estimated that the robustness is further improved. Further, it is estimated that when the glass transition temperature of the dye polymer is low, the dye polymer film becomes flexible and the quality (texture) is further improved. The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the dye polymer can be measured by DSC (differential scanning calorimetry).
 染料に由来する構造としては、カラーインデックスで分類されているような有機色素に由来する構造であり、例えば、アゾ色素(モノアゾ色素、ジスアゾ色素、トリスアゾ色素、ポリアゾ色素)、スチルベン、カロテノイド、ジアリールメタン、トリアリールメタン、キサンテン、アクリジン、キノリン、メチン(モノメチン、ポリメチン)、アニリン、インドアニリン、インダミン、インドフェノール、アジン、オキサジン、チアジン、アントラキノン、インジゴ、キノフタロン、ニグロシン、ポリフィリン、シアニン、ジシアノスチリル染料、及びフタロシアニンなどを好ましく用いることができる。着色力や染料骨格の耐光性の観点から、アゾ色素、スチルベン、ジアリールメタン、トリアリールメタン、キサンテン、インドフェノール、アントラキノン、キノフタロン、及びフタロシアニンなどを好ましく用いることができる。 The structure derived from the dye is a structure derived from an organic dye as classified by the color index. For example, an azo dye (monoazo dye, disazo dye, trisazo dye, polyazo dye), stilbene, carotenoid, diarylmethane , Triarylmethane, xanthene, acridine, quinoline, methine (monomethine, polymethine), aniline, indoaniline, indamine, indophenol, azine, oxazine, thiazine, anthraquinone, indigo, quinophthalone, nigrosine, porphyrin, cyanine, dicyanostyryl dye, And phthalocyanine can be preferably used. From the viewpoint of coloring power and light resistance of the dye skeleton, azo dyes, stilbene, diarylmethane, triarylmethane, xanthene, indophenol, anthraquinone, quinophthalone, phthalocyanine, and the like can be preferably used.
 本発明における染料に由来する構造は、染料として市販されている化合物の構造そのものに限定される訳ではない。上記アゾ色素、スチルベンのように染料として利用可能なことが知られている構造を有していればよい。例えば、市販されている染料からこれらの構造を残して他の置換基等を変更した構造も含まれる。 The structure derived from the dye in the present invention is not limited to the structure of a compound commercially available as a dye. It is only necessary to have a structure known to be usable as a dye such as the above-mentioned azo dye and stilbene. For example, the structure which changed these other substituents etc. leaving these structures from the commercially available dye is also contained.
[染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位]
 上記染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
[Repeating unit containing structure derived from dye]
The repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。 In General Formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
〔一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位〕
 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位について説明する。
 一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表す。Xはポリマーの主鎖の部分構造である。Xの連結基としては、下記(X-1)又は(X-2)で表わされることが好ましい。なお、一般式(X-1)又は(X-2)において*で示された部位でLと連結していることを表す。
[Repeating unit represented by general formula (1)]
The repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) will be described.
In general formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group. X 1 is a partial structure of the main chain of the polymer. The linking group for X 1 is preferably represented by the following (X-1) or (X-2). In the general formula (X-1) or (X-2), it is linked to L 1 at the site indicated by *.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(1)中、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Lが2価の連結基を表す場合の2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換の直鎖、分岐もしくは環状アルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基など)、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等)、置換もしくは無置換のヘテロ環連結基、-CH=CH-、-O-、-S-、-NR-(Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。)、-C(=O)-、-SO-、-SO-、及びこれらを2個以上連結して形成される連結基が好ましく用いられる。特に、下記一般式(L2)~(L7)のいずれかで表される連結基が好ましく用いられる。
 また、Lが2価の連結基を表す場合、2価の連結基は置換基(たとえば、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシル基、アシルオキシ基など)を有していてもよい。
In General Formula (1), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. In the case where L 1 represents a divalent linking group, the divalent linking group is a substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a trimethylene group). , Propylene group, butylene group, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (eg, phenylene group, naphthylene group, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic linking group, —CH═CH—, — O—, —S—, —NR— (R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group), —C (═O) —, —SO—, —SO 2 —, and A linking group formed by linking two or more of these is preferably used. In particular, a linking group represented by any of the following general formulas (L2) to (L7) is preferably used.
When L 1 represents a divalent linking group, the divalent linking group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an acyloxy group, etc.).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 一般式(L2)~(L7)中、*1及び*2は、一方が、一般式(1)におけるXと結合する位置を表し、他方が、一般式(1)におけるDと結合する位置を表すものであるが、*1は、一般式(1)におけるXと結合する位置を表し、*2は、一般式(1)におけるDと結合する位置を表すことが好ましい。
 一般式(L2)中、Rは置換基を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。kが2以上のときは、Rは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(L3)中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。Rは置換基を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。kが2以上のときは、Rは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(L4)中、Rは水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロ環基を表す。Rは置換基を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。kが2以上のときは、Rは同じであっても異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(L5)中、R51及びR52はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。tは1~10の整数を表す。t個のR51及びR52はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(L6)中、R61、R62、R63及びR64はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。u及びvはそれぞれ独立に1~10の整数を表す。u個のR61及びR62はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。v個のR63及びR64はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(L7)中、R71、R72及びR73はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。wは1~10の整数を表す。w個のR71及びR72はそれぞれ同じでも異なっていてもよい。
In the general formulas (L2) to (L7), * 1 and * 2 each represent a position bonded to X 1 in the general formula (1), and the other bonds to D 1 in the general formula (1). Although it represents a position, * 1 represents a position bonded to X 1 in the general formula (1), and * 2 preferably represents a position bonded to D 1 in the general formula (1).
In general formula (L2), R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (L3), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (L4), R 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. R 3 represents a substituent. k represents an integer of 0 to 4. When k is 2 or more, R 3 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (L5), R 51 and R 52 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. t represents an integer of 1 to 10. The t R 51 and R 52 may be the same or different.
In General Formula (L6), R 61 , R 62 , R 63 and R 64 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. u and v each independently represents an integer of 1 to 10. u R 61 and R 62 may be the same or different. The v R 63 and R 64 may be the same or different.
In general formula (L7), R 71 , R 72 and R 73 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. w represents an integer of 1 to 10. Each of w R 71 and R 72 may be the same or different.
 一般式(1)中、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。Dは本発明の効果を奏する範囲であれば限定されないが、下記一般式(M1)~(M8)のいずれかで表される染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表すことが更に好ましい。 In the general formula (1), D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye. D 1 is not limited as long as it exhibits the effects of the present invention, and represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M8). More preferably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 一般式(M1)中、R101~R110は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M2)中、R201~R215は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X201は一価の陰イオンを表し、n201は0又は1を表す。 
 一般式(M3)中、R301~R317は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X301は一価の陰イオンを表し、n301は0又は1を表す。
 一般式(M4)中、R402~R407は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar401は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、上記フェニル基、上記ナフチル基、又は上記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
 一般式(M5)中、R501~R508は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M6)中、R601~R603は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar601は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、上記フェニル基、上記ナフチル基、又は上記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
 一般式(M7)中、R701~R706は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M8)中、R811~R818及びR821~R828は、各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
In general formula (M1), R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M2), R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
In general formula (M3), R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
In General Formula (M4), R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
In general formula (M5), R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M6), R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
In general formula (M7), R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
In general formula (M8), R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
 一般式(M1)中のR101~R110、一般式(M2)中のR201~R215、一般式(M3)中のR301~R317、及び一般式(M4)中のR402~R407が置換基を表す場合の置換基としては、たとえば下記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。
 置換基群Aに含まれる置換基を以下に示す。
R 101 to R 110 in general formula (M1), R 201 to R 215 in general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in general formula (M3), and R 402 to R in general formula (M4) Examples of the substituent when R 407 represents a substituent include a substituent selected from the following substituent group A.
The substituents included in Substituent Group A are shown below.
(置換基群A)
 ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基で、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ドデシル基、ヘキサデシル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、1-ノルボルニル基、1-アダマンチル基)、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~18のアルケニル基で、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、3-ブテン-1-イル基)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリール基で、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のヘテロ環基で、例えば、2-チエニル基、4-ピリジル基、2-フリル基、2-ピリミジニル基、1-ピリジル基、2-ベンゾチアゾリル基、1-イミダゾリル基、1-ピラゾリル基、ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル基)、シリル基(好ましくは炭素数3~38、より好ましくは炭素数3~18のシリル基で、例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリエチルシリル基、トリブチルシリル基、t-ブチルジメチルシリル基、t-ヘキシルジメチルシリル基)、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシ基で、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、1-ブトキシ基、2-ブトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、t-ブトキシ基、ドデシルオキシ基、シクロペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールオキシ基で、例えば、フェノキシ基、1-ナフトキシ基)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のヘテロ環オキシ基で、例えば、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ基、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ基)、シリルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のシリルオキシ基で、例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ基、t-ブチルジメチルシリルオキシ基、ジフェニルメチルシリルオキシ基)、アシルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24のアシルオキシ基で、例えば、アセトキシ基、ピバロイルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、ドデカノイルオキシ基)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシカルボニルオキシ基で、例えば、エトキシカルボニルオキシ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルオキシ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数7~32、より好ましくは炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基で、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルオキシ基)、カルバモイルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、よりこの好ましくは炭素数1~24のカルバモイルオキシ基で、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-ブチルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ基、N-エチル-N-フェニルカルバモイルオキシ基)、スルファモイルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のスルファモイルオキシ基で、例えば、N,N-ジエチルスルファモイルオキシ基、N-プロピルスルファモイルオキシ基)、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~38、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のアルキルスルホニルオキシ基で、例えば、メチルスルホニルオキシ基、ヘキサデシルスルホニルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルスルホニルオキシ基)、アリールスルホニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~32、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールスルホニルオキシ基で、例えば、フェニルスルホニルオキシ基)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアシル基で、例えば、ホルミル基、アセチル基、ピバロイル基、ベンゾイル基、テトラデカノイル基、シクロヘキサノイル基)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシカルボニル基で、例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、オクタデシルオキシカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル基、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルシクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル基)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~32、より好ましくは炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニル基で、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のカルバモイル基で、例えば、カルバモイル基、N,N-ジエチルカルバモイル基、N-エチル-N-オクチルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジブチルカルバモイル基、N-プロピルカルバモイル基、N-フェニルカルバモイル基、N-メチルN-フェニルカルバモイル基、N,N-ジシクロへキシルカルバモイル基)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数32以下、より好ましくは炭素数24以下のアミノ基で、例えば、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、N,N-ジブチルアミノ基、テトラデシルアミノ基、2-エチルへキシルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルアミノ基)、アニリノ基(好ましくは炭素数6~32、より好ましくは6~24のアニリノ基で、例えば、アニリノ基、N-メチルアニリノ基)、ヘテロ環アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは1~18のヘテロ環アミノ基で、例えば、4-ピリジルアミノ基)、カルボンアミド基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは2~24のカルボンアミド基で、例えば、アセトアミド基、ベンズアミド基、テトラデカンアミド基、ピバロイルアミド基、シクロヘキサンアミド基)、ウレイド基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のウレイド基で、例えば、ウレイド基、N,N-ジメチルウレイド基、N-フェニルウレイド基)、イミド基(好ましくは炭素数36以下、より好ましくは炭素数24以下のイミド基で、例えば、N-スクシンイミド基、N-フタルイミド基)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~48、より好ましくは炭素数2~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルコキシカルボニルアミノ基で、例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ基、エトキシカルボニルアミノ基、t-ブトキシカルボニルアミノ基、オクタデシルオキシカルボニルアミノ基、シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルアミノ基)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数7~32、より好ましくは炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基で、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基)、スルホンアミド基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のスルホンアミド基で、例えば、メタンスルホンアミド基、ブタンスルホンアミド基、ベンゼンスルホンアミド基、ヘキサデカンスルホンアミド基、シクロヘキサンスルホンアミド基)、スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のスルファモイルアミノ基で、例えば、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイルアミノ基、N-エチル-N-ドデシルスルファモイルアミノ基)、アゾ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のアゾ基で、例えば、フェニルアゾ基、3-ピラゾリルアゾ基)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキルチオ基で、例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、オクチルチオ基、シクロヘキシルチオ基)基、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールチオ基で、例えば、フェニルチオ基)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~18のヘテロ環チオ基で、例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ基、2-ピリジルチオ基、1-フェニルテトラゾリルチオ基)、アルキルスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキルスルフィニル基で、例えば、ドデカンスルフィニル基)、アリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~32、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールスルフィニル基で、例えば、フェニルスルフィニル基)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~48、より好ましくは炭素数1~24の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキルスルホニル基で、例えば、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基、プロピルスルホニル基、ブチルスルホニル基、イソプロピルスルホニル基、2-エチルヘキシルスルホニル基、ヘキサデシルスルホニル基、オクチルスルホニル基、シクロヘキシルスルホニル基)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~48、より好ましくは炭素数6~24のアリールスルホニル基で、例えば、フェニルスルホニル基、1-ナフチルスルホニル基)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数32以下、より好ましくは炭素数24以下のスルファモイル基で、例えば、スルファモイル基、N,N-ジプロピルスルファモイル基、N-エチル-N-ドデシルスルファモイル基、N-エチル-N-フェニルスルファモイル基、N-シクロヘキシルスルファモイル基)、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、ホスホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のホスホニル基で、例えば、フェノキシホスホニル基、オクチルオキシホスホニル基、フェニルホスホニル)、ホスフィノイルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~32、より好ましくは炭素数1~24のホスフィノイルアミノ基で、例えば、ジエトキシホスフィノイルアミノ基、ジオクチルオキシホスフィノイルアミノ基)。
(Substituent group A)
A halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom), an alkyl group (preferably a C1-C48, more preferably a C1-C24 linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group, Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, dodecyl, hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, A cyclohexyl group, a 1-norbornyl group, a 1-adamantyl group), an alkenyl group (preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, 3-butene- 1-yl group), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, An aryl group, a naphthyl group), a heterocyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a 2-thienyl group, a 4-pyridyl group, a 2-furyl group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 1-pyridyl group, 2-benzothiazolyl group, 1-imidazolyl group, 1-pyrazolyl group, benzotriazol-1-yl group), silyl group (preferably having 3 to 38 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon number) 3-18 silyl groups, for example, trimethylsilyl group, triethylsilyl group, tributylsilyl group, t-butyldimethylsilyl group, t-hexyldimethylsilyl group), hydroxyl group, cyano group, nitro group, alkoxy group (preferably A linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, Toxyl group, 1-butoxy group, 2-butoxy group, isopropoxy group, t-butoxy group, dodecyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyloxy group), aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably An aryloxy group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxy group or 1-naphthoxy group), a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 32, more preferably a heterocyclic oxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, For example, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy group, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy group), silyloxy group (preferably a silyloxy group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a trimethylsilyloxy group) , T-butyldimethylsilyloxy group, diphenylmethylsilyloxy group), acyloxy group ( Preferably, it is an acyloxy group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, such as an acetoxy group, pivaloyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, dodecanoyloxy group), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 48, more preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, such as ethoxycarbonyloxy group, t-butoxycarbonyloxy group, cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy group), aryloxycarbonyl An oxy group (preferably an aryloxycarbonyloxy group having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyloxy group), a carbamoyloxy group (preferably 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably Is a C1-C24 carba Yloxy group, for example, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy group, N-butylcarbamoyloxy group, N-phenylcarbamoyloxy group, N-ethyl-N-phenylcarbamoyloxy group), sulfamoyloxy group (preferably carbon A sulfamoyloxy group having 1 to 32, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as N, N-diethylsulfamoyloxy group and N-propylsulfamoyloxy group), alkylsulfonyloxy group (preferably Is an alkylsulfonyloxy group having 1 to 38 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methylsulfonyloxy group, a hexadecylsulfonyloxy group, a cyclohexylsulfonyloxy group, or an arylsulfonyloxy group (preferably having a carbon number). 6 to 32, more preferably 6 to 2 carbon atoms An arylsulfonyloxy group of, for example, a phenylsulfonyloxy group), an acyl group (preferably having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms), a linear, branched, or cyclic acyl group, for example, Formyl group, acetyl group, pivaloyl group, benzoyl group, tetradecanoyl group, cyclohexanoyl group), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, linear, branched, Or a cyclic alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group, a 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylcyclohexyloxycarbonyl group), an aryloxycarbonyl Group (preferably having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably Is an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, and a carbamoyl group (preferably a carbamoyl group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a carbamoyl group, N , N-diethylcarbamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-octylcarbamoyl group, N, N-dibutylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group, N-phenylcarbamoyl group, N-methylN-phenylcarbamoyl group, N, N- Dicyclohexylcarbamoyl group), amino group (preferably an amino group having 32 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 or less carbon atoms, such as amino group, methylamino group, N, N-dibutylamino group, tetradecylamino group) 2-ethylhexylamino group, cyclohexylamino group), anilino group (preferably Or an anilino group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as an anilino group or N-methylanilino group, or a heterocyclic amino group (preferably having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 18 carbon atoms). A heterocyclic amino group such as a 4-pyridylamino group, a carbonamido group (preferably a carbonamido group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms such as an acetamide group, a benzamide group, a tetradecanamide group, Pivaloylamide group, cyclohexaneamide group), ureido group (preferably ureido group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as ureido group, N, N-dimethylureido group, N-phenylureido group) ), An imide group (preferably an imide group having 36 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 24 or less carbon atoms, such as N— A succinimide group, N-phthalimido group), an alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxycarbonylamino group having 2 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, methoxycarbonyl Amino group, ethoxycarbonylamino group, t-butoxycarbonylamino group, octadecyloxycarbonylamino group, cyclohexyloxycarbonylamino group), aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 7 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably having 7 to 24 carbon atoms) Aryloxycarbonylamino group of, for example, phenoxycarbonylamino group), sulfonamide group (preferably a sulfonamide group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as methanesulfonamide group, butane Sulfonami Group, benzenesulfonamide group, hexadecanesulfonamide group, cyclohexanesulfonamide group), sulfamoylamino group (preferably a sulfamoylamino group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, N, N-dipropylsulfamoylamino group, N-ethyl-N-dodecylsulfamoylamino group), an azo group (preferably an azo group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, For example, a phenylazo group, a 3-pyrazolylazo group), an alkylthio group (preferably a linear, branched, or cyclic alkylthio group having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a methylthio group, Ethylthio group, octylthio group, cyclohexylthio group) group, arylthio group (preferably having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferred) Or an arylthio group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenylthio group, and a heterocyclic thio group (preferably having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably a heterocyclic thio group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as 2- Benzothiazolylthio group, 2-pyridylthio group, 1-phenyltetrazolylthio group), alkylsulfinyl group (preferably having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, linear, branched or cyclic) Alkylsulfinyl group such as dodecanesulfinyl group), arylsulfinyl group (preferably arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms such as phenylsulfinyl group), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably Is a linear, branched or cyclic alkylsulfo having 1 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms. Group, for example, methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group, propylsulfonyl group, butylsulfonyl group, isopropylsulfonyl group, 2-ethylhexylsulfonyl group, hexadecylsulfonyl group, octylsulfonyl group, cyclohexylsulfonyl group), arylsulfonyl group ( An arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 48 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenylsulfonyl group or a 1-naphthylsulfonyl group, a sulfamoyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 32 or less, more preferably a carbon number) 24 or less sulfamoyl groups such as sulfamoyl group, N, N-dipropylsulfamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-dodecylsulfamoyl group, N-ethyl-N-phenylsulfamoyl group, N-cyclohexylsulfuryl group Famoyl Group), sulfo group, carboxyl group, phosphate group, phosphonyl group (preferably a phosphonyl group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as a phenoxyphosphonyl group, an octyloxyphosphonyl group, Phenylphosphonyl), a phosphinoylamino group (preferably a phosphinoylamino group having 1 to 32 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, such as diethoxyphosphinoylamino group, dioctyloxyphosphinoyl group) Amino group).
 スルホ基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基などのイオン性基は、カチオン又はアニオンを含む状態(「塩の状態」ともいう)であってもよい。たとえば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、及びスルホ基は、カチオンを含む状態であってもよく、塩の状態を形成するカチオンの例には、アンモニウムイオン、アルカリ金属イオン(例、リチウムイオン、ナトリウムイオン、カリウムイオン)及び有機カチオン(例、テトラメチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラメチルグアニジウムイオン、テトラメチルホスホニウム)が含まれる。 An ionic group such as a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a phosphate group may be in a state containing a cation or an anion (also referred to as a “salt state”). For example, the carboxyl group, the phosphate group, and the sulfo group may be in a state containing a cation. Examples of the cation that forms a salt state include an ammonium ion, an alkali metal ion (eg, lithium ion, sodium ion). Potassium ions) and organic cations (eg, tetramethylammonium ions, tetramethylguanidinium ions, tetramethylphosphonium).
 一般式(M1)中のR101~R110、一般式(M2)中のR201~R215、一般式(M3)中のR301~R317、一般式(M4)中のR402~R407、一般式(M5)中のR501~R508、一般式(M6)中のR601~R602が置換基を表す場合、その置換基は、さらに置換可能な基である場合には、置換基をさらに有していてもよく、その置換基としては上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、2個以上の置換基を有している場合には、それらの置換基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、一般式(M1)中のR101~R110、一般式(M2)中のR201~R215、一般式(M3)中のR301~R317、一般式(M4)中のR402~R407、一般式(M5)中のR501~R508、及び一般式(M6)中のR601~R602が置換基を表す場合、その置換基のうち少なくとも2つは、互いに結合して5員、6員、又は7員の飽和環、又は不飽和環を形成していてもよい。形成される5員、6員、及び7員の環が、さらに置換可能な基である場合には、置換基をさらに有していてもよく、その置換基としては上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられ、2個以上の置換基で置換されている場合には、それらの置換基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 R 101 to R 110 in general formula (M1), R 201 to R 215 in general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in general formula (M3), R 402 to R in general formula (M4) 407 , when R 501 to R 508 in the general formula (M5) and R 601 to R 602 in the general formula (M6) represent a substituent, when the substituent is a further substitutable group, The substituent may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a substituent selected from the substituent group A. When the substituent has two or more substituents, the substituent is They may be the same or different. R 101 to R 110 in the general formula (M1), R 201 to R 215 in the general formula (M2), R 301 to R 317 in the general formula (M3), and R 402 in the general formula (M4). When R 407 , R 501 to R 508 in the general formula (M5), and R 601 to R 602 in the general formula (M6) represent a substituent, at least two of the substituents are bonded to each other. And may form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated ring. When the formed 5-membered, 6-membered, and 7-membered rings are further substitutable groups, they may further have a substituent, and the substituent is selected from the above substituent group A. When the substituent is substituted with two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different.
 一般式(M1)におけるR101として、好ましくは水素原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくはヒドロキシル基である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR102として、好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又はカルボキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、臭素原子、カルボキシル基である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR104として、好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素1~20のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは無置換の炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR108として、好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、カルボキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のカルバモイル基を表す。
 一般式(M1)におけるR103、R105、及びR106として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基、ハロゲン原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~12のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M1)におけるR107、R109、及びR110として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子である。
R 101 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyl group, and more preferably a hydroxyl group.
R 102 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a carboxyl group, particularly preferably. Is a hydrogen atom, a bromine atom, or a carboxyl group.
R 104 in formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. And particularly preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
R 108 in the general formula (M1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group is represented.
R 103 , R 105 and R 106 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10 An aryl group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 107 , R 109 and R 110 in the general formula (M1) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 10 An aryl group, a halogen atom, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, particularly preferably hydrogen. Atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom.
 一般式(M2)におけるR201、R205、R206、及びR210として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR202、及びR209として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、スルホ基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、スルホ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR203、R204、R207、及びR208として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基であり、特に好ましくは、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数2~12のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~10のアリール基である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR211として、好ましくはカルボキシレート基、スルホネート基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基であり、より好ましくは、スルホネート基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基であり、特に好ましくはスルホネート基、アルコキシカルボニル基である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR212、R213、R214、及びR215として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換または無置換のアルキル基、置換または無置換のアリール基、カルボキシル基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基、置換または無置換のアミノ基であり、より好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、ハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基、置換または無置換のアミノ基であり、特に好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基、置換または無置換のアミノ基である。
 一般式(M2)におけるR214とR215は、互いに結合して環を形成することも好ましい。
 一般式(M2)におけるX201として、好ましくは塩素イオン、アセテートイオン、トリフラートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、パークロレート、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンであり、より好ましくは、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンである。
 一般式(M2)におけるn201として、好ましくは0または1であり、より好ましくは0である。
R 201 , R 205 , R 206 and R 210 in formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 202 and R 209 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a sulfo group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a sulfo group, and particularly preferably hydrogen. Is an atom.
R 203 , R 204 , R 207 and R 208 in the general formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 6 An aryl group having ˜18, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 211 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a carboxylate group, a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably A sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably a sulfonate group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
R 212 , R 213 , R 214 , and R 215 in formula (M2) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, a carboxyl group, Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, sulfo group, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, A carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, particularly preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted A carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, and a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
R 214 and R 215 in formula (M2) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
X 201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably a chlorine ion, acetate ion, triflate ion, tetrafluoroborate ion, tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, perchlorate, bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion, and more Tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion are preferable.
N201 in the general formula (M2) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 一般式(M3)におけるR301、R302、R305、R306、R307、R308、R311、R312として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR303、R304、R309、R310として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基を表し、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR313として、好ましくはカルボキシレート基(-CO )、スルホネート基(-SO )、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基であり、より好ましくは、スルホネート基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基であり、特に好ましくはスルホネート基、アルコキシカルボニル基である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR314として、好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、スルホ基、カルボキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR315として、好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換のアミノ基、カルボキシル基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、スルホ基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基、ヒドロキシル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換のアミノ基、置換または無置換のアルコキシカルボニル基、置換または無置換のカルバモイル基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換のアミノ基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR316、R317として、好ましくは各々独立に水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基、ヒドロキシル基、ハロゲン原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M3)におけるR316とR317は、互いに結合して環を形成することも好ましい。
 一般式(M3)におけるX301として、好ましくは塩素イオン、アセテートイオン、トリフラートイオン、テトラフルオロボレートイオン、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、パークロレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンであり、より好ましくは、テトラキス(ペンタフルオロフェニル)ボレートイオン、ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオンである。
 一般式(M3)におけるn301として、好ましくは0または1であり、より好ましくは0である。
In general formula (M3), R 301 , R 302 , R 305 , R 306 , R 307 , R 308 , R 311 , R 312 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20. An alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 303 , R 304 , R 309 and R 310 in the general formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6 to 20 represents an aryl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or carbon. An alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
R 313 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a carboxylate group (—CO 2 ), a sulfonate group (—SO 3 ), a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, substituted or An unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, more preferably a sulfonate group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, particularly preferably a sulfonate group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. It is a group.
R 314 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom An atom or a hydroxyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 315 in formula (M3) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a carboxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a sulfo group, substituted or unsubstituted A sulfamoyl group and a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group, Particularly preferred are a substituted or unsubstituted amino group and a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group.
R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, hydroxyl Group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydroxyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 316 and R 317 in formula (M3) are also preferably bonded to each other to form a ring.
X 301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably a chlorine ion, an acetate ion, a triflate ion, a tetrafluoroborate ion, a tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion, a perchlorate ion, or a bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion. More preferred are tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate ion and bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion.
N301 in the general formula (M3) is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 一般式(M4)におけるAr401としてのヘテロ環基としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、イミダゾール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、ベンゾオキサゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、イソオキサゾール、又はイソチアゾールから水素原子を1個取り除いてなる基が挙げられる。
 Ar401としての、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基が更に置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、たとえば上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。
 一般式(M4)におけるAr401として、好ましくはフェニル基、又はヘテロ環基であり、より好ましくはフェニル基、又は、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、イミダゾール、オキサゾール、チアゾール、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、ベンゾオキサゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、イソオキサゾール、若しくはイソチアゾールから水素原子を1個取り除いてなる基であり、特に好ましくは、フェニル基、又は、チオフェン、イミダゾール、若しくはイソチアゾールから水素原子を1個取り除いてなる基である。炭素数は、好ましくは3~20であり、より好ましくは3~15であり、特に好ましくは3~10である。
The heterocyclic group as Ar 401 in the general formula (M4) is, for example, a hydrogen atom from pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, isoxazole, or isothiazole. And a group formed by removing one of them.
Examples of the substituent in the case where the phenyl group, naphthyl group, or heterocyclic group as Ar 401 further has a substituent include substituents selected from the above-mentioned substituent group A.
Ar 401 in the general formula (M4) is preferably a phenyl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably a phenyl group, or pyrrole, furan, thiophene, imidazole, oxazole, thiazole, indole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, A group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from benzothiazole, isoxazole, or isothiazole, and particularly preferably a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from a phenyl group or thiophene, imidazole, or isothiazole. . The number of carbon atoms is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 15, and particularly preferably 3 to 10.
 一般式(M4)におけるR402として、好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換のアミノ基であり、より好ましくは置換または無置換のアミノ基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換のアシルアミノ基である。
 一般式(M4)におけるR403、R406、R407として、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。
 一般式(M4)におけるR404、R405として好ましくは、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基であり、より好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。
R 402 in formula (M4) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, and particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted acylamino group. .
R 403 , R 406 and R 407 in formula (M4) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 An alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
R 404 and R 405 in formula (M4) are preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably Is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 一般式(M5)におけるR501~R508として、好ましくはそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、又はアルコキシ基である。アルコキシ基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基である。
 一般式(M5)におけるR501~R504が水素原子であって、R505~R508がそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は置換基を表すことが好ましく、R501~R504が水素原子であって、R505~R508がそれぞれ独立に水素原子、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、又はアルコキシ基を表すことがより好ましい。
R 501 to R 508 in formula (M5) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, amino group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, or alkoxy group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, amino group, hydroxyl group, or alkoxy group. It is. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
In the general formula (M5), R 501 to R 504 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R 505 to R 508 are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R 501 to R 504 are each a hydrogen atom, More preferably, R 505 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an amino group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or an alkoxy group.
 R506とR507が互いに結合して5員、6員、又は7員の飽和環、又は不飽和環を形成することも好ましい。一般式(M5)で表されるアントラキノン骨格を有する染料は、下記一般式(M5A)で表されることも好ましい。 It is also preferred that R 506 and R 507 are bonded to each other to form a 5-membered, 6-membered, or 7-membered saturated or unsaturated ring. The dye having an anthraquinone skeleton represented by the general formula (M5) is also preferably represented by the following general formula (M5A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(M5A)中、R501~R504、R505、R508、R509は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 一般式(M5A)中のR501~R504、R505、R508は、各々一般式(M5)中のR501~R504、R505、R508と同義であり具体例及び好ましい範囲も同様である。
 一般式(M5A)中のR509は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、水素原子を表すことが更に好ましい。
In general formula (M5A), R 501 to R 504 , R 505 , R 508 , and R 509 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
R 501 ~ R 504 in formula (M5A), R 505, R 508 is also similar to each general formula (M5) in the same meaning as R 501 ~ R 504, R 505 , R 508 specific examples and preferred ranges It is.
R 509 in the general formula (M5A) preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, preferably represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably represents a hydrogen atom.
 一般式(M6)中のR601~R602は、好ましくは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、置換または無置換のアミノ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基であり、更に好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~10のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基である。
 一般式(M6)中のR603は、好ましくは、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、更に好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~10のアルキル基である。
R 601 to R 602 in formula (M6) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 to 20 alkoxy groups, substituted or unsubstituted amino groups, halogen atoms and cyano groups, more preferably hydrogen atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, halogen atoms and cyano groups.
R 603 in general formula (M6) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. is there.
 一般式(M6)中のAr601は、一般式(M4)中のAr401と同義であり具体例及び好ましい範囲も同様である。 Ar 601 in the general formula (M6) has the same meaning as Ar 401 in the general formula (M4), and specific examples and preferable ranges thereof are also the same.
 一般式(M7)におけるR701~R702及びR705~R706は、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、置換または無置換のアミノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子である。R703~R704は水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、置換または無置換の炭素数6~20のアリール基であり、より好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは置換または無置換の炭素数1~8のアルキル基である。
 一般式(M8)におけるR811~R818及びR821~R828は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、好ましくは各々独立に、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、置換または無置換のアミノ基、シアノ基、スルホ基、スルホンアミド基、アルキルスルホニル基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~20のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、スルホ基、スルホンアミド基であり、特に好ましくは、水素原子、置換または無置換の炭素数1~10のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、スルホ基、スルホンアミド基である。
 なお、スルホ基は金属塩(たとえば、ナトリウム塩、リチウム塩、カリウム塩など)、アンモニウム塩、又は有機塩基塩であってもよい。
R 701 to R 702 and R 705 to R 706 in formula (M7) are preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. An alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. is there. R 703 to R 704 are a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbon number of 1 An alkyl group having ˜20, particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
In the general formula (M8), R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, halogen atom, substituted or unsubstituted amino group, cyano group, sulfo group, sulfonamido group, and alkylsulfonyl group, more preferably A hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a sulfo group, and a sulfonamide group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, A halogen atom, a sulfo group, and a sulfonamide group;
The sulfo group may be a metal salt (for example, sodium salt, lithium salt, potassium salt, etc.), ammonium salt, or organic base salt.
 上記一般式(M1)~(M8)のぞれぞれの一般式で表される染料の具体例を以下に示す。Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、i-Prはイソプロピル基を表し、Buはn-ブチル基を表す。 Specific examples of the dyes represented by the general formulas (M1) to (M8) are shown below. Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, i-Pr represents an isopropyl group, and Bu represents an n-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 上記一般式(M1)~(M8)で表される染料はカラーインデックスで分類されているものもあり、また従来公知の方法により合成することができる(例えば、特公平7-49583号公報、特許5715380号公報、国際公開第2010/110199号、公報など)。合成方法は具体的には実施例で例示する。 Some of the dyes represented by the general formulas (M1) to (M8) are classified by color index, and can be synthesized by a conventionally known method (for example, Japanese Patent Publication No. 7-49583, patent) No. 5715380, International Publication No. 2010/110199, and the like). The synthesis method is specifically illustrated in the examples.
[非イオン性親水性基を有する繰り返し単位]
 本発明における非イオン性親水性基とは、具体的には下記の一般式(A)~(F)のいずれかで表される基であり、下記の一般式(A)~(C)のいずれかで表される基がより好ましく、下記の一般式(A)で表される基が更に好ましい。
[Repeating unit having nonionic hydrophilic group]
The nonionic hydrophilic group in the present invention is specifically a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (A) to (F), and the following general formulas (A) to (C): A group represented by any one is more preferable, and a group represented by the following general formula (A) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 一般式(A)~一般式(F)中、n1~n4は5~150の整数を表し、n5及びn6は5~1000の整数を表す。
 一般式(E)中、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子またはヒドロキシエチル基を表す。
 一般式(F)中、Rは、各々独立に、水素原子またはヒドロキシプロピル基を表す。
In the general formulas (A) to (F), n1 to n4 represent an integer of 5 to 150, and n5 and n6 represent an integer of 5 to 1000.
In general formula (E), R E each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxyethyl group.
In formula (F), R F each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxypropyl group.
 n1は、5~150の整数が好ましく、5~100の整数がより好ましく、10~100の整数が更に好ましく、20~100の整数が特に好ましい。
 n2は、5~150の整数が好ましく、10~100の整数がより好ましく、20~100の整数が更に好ましい。
 n3は、5~100の整数が好ましく、10~80の整数が更に好ましい。
 n4は、5~80の整数が好ましく、10~40の整数が更に好ましい。
 n5は、50~1000の整数が好ましく、200~800の整数が更に好ましい。
 n6は、50~1000の整数が好ましく、200~800の整数が更に好ましい。
n1 is preferably an integer of 5 to 150, more preferably an integer of 5 to 100, still more preferably an integer of 10 to 100, and particularly preferably an integer of 20 to 100.
n2 is preferably an integer of 5 to 150, more preferably an integer of 10 to 100, and still more preferably an integer of 20 to 100.
n3 is preferably an integer of 5 to 100, more preferably an integer of 10 to 80.
n4 is preferably an integer of 5 to 80, more preferably an integer of 10 to 40.
n5 is preferably an integer of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably an integer of 200 to 800.
n6 is preferably an integer of 50 to 1,000, and more preferably an integer of 200 to 800.
 なお、一般式(A)は、ポリエチレングリコールに由来する構造であり、一般式(B)はポリビニルアルコールに由来する構造であり、一般式(C)は、ポリグリセリンに由来する構造であり、一般式(D)は、ポリビニルピロリドンに由来する構造であり、一般式(E)は、ヒドロキシエチルセルロースに由来する構造であり、一般式(F)は、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロースに由来する構造である。 The general formula (A) is a structure derived from polyethylene glycol, the general formula (B) is a structure derived from polyvinyl alcohol, and the general formula (C) is a structure derived from polyglycerin. Formula (D) is a structure derived from polyvinyl pyrrolidone, general formula (E) is a structure derived from hydroxyethyl cellulose, and general formula (F) is a structure derived from hydroxypropyl cellulose.
 非イオン性親水性基の数平均分子量(Mn)は、100~10,000であることが好ましく、200~8,000であることが更に好ましく、800~5,000であることが更に好ましく、800~3,000であることが特に好ましい。数平均分子量が100以上であると水分散体とした時に分散性が優れ、数平均分子量が10,000以下であると着色布の堅牢性に優れる。分散性と堅牢性に優れる機構は明らかではないが、数平均分子量が100以上であると水との相容性が向上し分散基として機能が十分に発揮でき、数平均分子量が10,000以下であると布帛に打滴後、水への溶解や分散が抑制され、耐水性が付与され、堅牢性に優れると推定している。
 非イオン性親水性基の数平均分子量は、サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー測定により算出できる。
The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the nonionic hydrophilic group is preferably 100 to 10,000, more preferably 200 to 8,000, still more preferably 800 to 5,000, Particularly preferred is 800 to 3,000. When the number average molecular weight is 100 or more, the dispersibility is excellent when an aqueous dispersion is obtained, and when the number average molecular weight is 10,000 or less, the fastness of the colored cloth is excellent. Although the mechanism excellent in dispersibility and fastness is not clear, if the number average molecular weight is 100 or more, the compatibility with water is improved and the function as a dispersing group can be sufficiently exerted, and the number average molecular weight is 10,000 or less. It is presumed that, after being deposited on the fabric, dissolution and dispersion in water are suppressed, water resistance is imparted, and fastness is excellent.
The number average molecular weight of the nonionic hydrophilic group can be calculated by size exclusion chromatography measurement.
 非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(2)で表される繰り返し単位が特に好ましい。 As the repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (2) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(2)中、R901は水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基のいずれかを表す。R902は水素原子、直鎖又は分岐の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、フェニル基を表す。Xは炭素数1~18の2価の連結基を表す。Y及びYは各々独立に、単結合、下記一般式(G)~(J)のいずれかで表される基を表す。nは5~150の整数を表す。 In general formula (2), R901 represents any one of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydroxymethyl group. R 902 represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group. X 2 represents a divalent linking group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (G) to (J). n represents an integer of 5 to 150.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 一般式(G)~(J)中、mは、各々独立に、1~20の整数を表す。
 Yが一般式(G)~(J)のいずれかで表される基を表す場合は、*1はXとの結合位置を表し、*2は一般式(2)中のポリエチレンオキシド基との結合位置を表す。
 Yが一般式(G)~(J)のいずれかで表される基を表す場合は、*1は一般式(2)中のポリエチレンオキシド基との結合位置を表し、*2はR902との結合位置を表す。
In general formulas (G) to (J), each m independently represents an integer of 1 to 20.
When Y 1 represents a group represented by any one of the general formulas (G) to (J), * 1 represents a bonding position with X 2 and * 2 represents a polyethylene oxide group in the general formula (2) Represents the binding position.
When Y 2 represents a group represented by any one of the general formulas (G) to (J), * 1 represents a bonding position with the polyethylene oxide group in the general formula (2), and * 2 represents R 902 Represents the binding position.
 mは好ましくは、1~10の整数を表し、更に好ましくは、2~8の整数を表す。 M preferably represents an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably an integer of 2 to 8.
 R901としては、水素原子、メチル基が好ましい。
 R902における、直鎖又は分岐の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、フェニル基は、更に置換基を有しても良く、直鎖又は分岐の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、フェニル基が、更に置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、たとえば上記置換基群Aから選ばれる置換基が挙げられる。
 R902としては、は水素原子、直鎖又は分岐の炭素数1~18のアルキル基、無置換又は炭素数1~9のアルキル基で置換されたフェニル基が好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基が更に好ましい。
R 901 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
The linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the phenyl group in R 902 may further have a substituent, and the linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms and the phenyl group may be Furthermore, as a substituent in the case of having a substituent, for example, a substituent selected from the above substituent group A can be mentioned.
R 902 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an unsubstituted or phenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 9 carbon atoms, and further a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. preferable.
 Xとしての2価の連結基としては、本発明の効果を奏しうる範囲であれば何ら限定されないが、炭素数1~8の置換もしくは無置換の直鎖、分岐もしくは環状アルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基など)、炭素数6~18の置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基等)、-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、-C(=O)-O-、及びこれらを2個以上連結して形成される連結基が挙げられる。 The divalent linking group as X 2 is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention can be obtained, but a substituted or unsubstituted linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, Methylene group, ethylene group, trimethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, etc.), substituted or unsubstituted arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms (eg, phenylene group, naphthylene group, etc.), —O—, —C (═O ) —NH—, —C (═O) —O—, and linking groups formed by linking two or more thereof.
 Xとしての2価の連結基の炭素数は、1~18であり、好ましくは1~15であり、更に好ましくは1~10である。
 なお、上記炭素数は、-C(=O)-NH-、-C(=O)-O-における炭素原子は含まないものとする。
The divalent linking group as X 2 has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
Note that the above carbon number does not include carbon atoms in —C (═O) —NH— and —C (═O) —O—.
 Xとしての2価の連結基は、好ましくは、-O-、-C(=O)-NH-、又は-C(=O)-O-を含む。 The divalent linking group as X 2 preferably contains —O—, —C (═O) —NH—, or —C (═O) —O—.
 また、Xにおけるアルキレン基、又はアリーレン基は、更に置換されていても良い。Xにおけるアルキレン基、又はアリーレン基が置換される場合の置換基としては、たとえば、アルキル基、アリール基、など)を有していてもよい。アルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基である。アリール基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~18のアリール基であり、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられる。 Further, the alkylene group or arylene group in X 2 may be further substituted. As the substituent when the alkylene group or arylene group in X 2 is substituted, for example, an alkyl group, an aryl group, and the like may be included. The alkyl group is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
 Y及びYは、各々独立に、単結合、下記一般式(G)~(J)のいずれかで表される基を表す。Y及びYは、各々独立に、好ましくは、単結合、一般式(G)で表される基、一般式(H)で表される基であり、更に好ましくは単結合である。 Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a group represented by any one of the following general formulas (G) to (J). Y 1 and Y 2 are preferably each independently a single bond, a group represented by General Formula (G), or a group represented by General Formula (H), and more preferably a single bond.
 nは5~150の整数を表し、5~100の整数が好ましく、10~100がより好ましく、20~100が更に好ましい。 N represents an integer of 5 to 150, preferably an integer of 5 to 100, more preferably 10 to 100, and still more preferably 20 to 100.
 非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 本発明の染料ポリマーは、必須成分として、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有していれば良いが、着色布の堅牢性や品質(風合い)を更に向上させることを目的として他の繰り返し単位を導入してもよい。他の繰り返し単位を導入する方法としては、設計の自由度の観点から、重合性の染料単量体及び/又は非イオン性親水性基を有する単量体と他の繰り返し単位を形成するための他の単量体とを共重合により導入することが好ましい。 The dye polymer of the present invention may have, as an essential component, a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group. Other repeating units may be introduced for the purpose of further improving the texture. As a method for introducing another repeating unit, from the viewpoint of the degree of freedom in design, a polymerizable dye monomer and / or a monomer having a nonionic hydrophilic group and another repeating unit are formed. It is preferable to introduce other monomers by copolymerization.
 本発明の染料ポリマーに好適に用いることができる他の単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体、(メタ)アクリルアミド誘導体、スチレン誘導体、又はアクリロニトリルが挙げられるが、(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体が好ましい。 Examples of other monomers that can be suitably used in the dye polymer of the present invention include (meth) acrylic acid derivatives, (meth) acrylamide derivatives, styrene derivatives, and acrylonitrile. Derivatives are preferred.
 (メタ)アクリル酸誘導体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソアミル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-アミル、(メタ)アクリル酸ネオペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベヘニル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-t-ブチルシクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシ-1-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-メチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-イソプロピル-2-アダマンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、ジエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル、1,4-シクロヘキサンジメタノールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸ビニル、(メタ)アクリル酸アリル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ナフチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェノキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-フェノキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニルフェノキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニルフェノキシテトラエチレングリコール、2-(メタ)アクリロイロキシエチル-2-ヒドロキシエチルフタル酸、ネオペンチルグリコールモノ(メタ)アクリル酸モノ安息香酸エステル、フェニルフェノールジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸ブトキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシロキシジエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸フルフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルのカプロラクトン付加物、メタクリル酸グリシジル、γ-ブチロラクトン(メタ)アクリレート、メタクリル酸3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8,8-トリデカフルオロ-n-オクチル、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-5-[2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル]フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、(メタ)アクリル酸2-イソシアナトエチル、2-[(3,5-ジメチルピラゾリル)カルボニルアミノ]エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(0-[1‘-メチルプロピリデンアミノ]カルボキシアミノ)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸2-(トリメチルシリルオキシ)エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-(トリエトキシシリル)プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-[ジメトキシ(メチル)シリル]プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-[ジエトキシ(メチル)シリル]プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-(メトキシジメチルシリル)プロピル等が挙げられる。 Examples of (meth) acrylic acid derivatives include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic. Isobutyl acid, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, amyl (meth) acrylate, isoamyl (meth) acrylate, t-amyl (meth) acrylate, neopentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, ( Heptyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, Isodecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Tridecyl sulfonate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, behenyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 4-t-butylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate , Isobornyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid 3-hydroxy-1-adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 2-isopropyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, diethylene glycol Cole mono (meth) acrylate, hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol mono (meth) acrylate, glycerin mono (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Vinyl, allyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Nonylphenoxydiethylene glycol acrylate, nonylphenoxytetraethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl-2-hydroxyethylphthalic acid, neopentyl glycol mono (meth) acrylate monobenzoate Perfume ester, phenylphenol diethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, butoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid 2 -Caprolactone of ethylhexyloxydiethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, furfuryl (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate Adduct, glycidyl methacrylate, γ-butyrolactone (meth) acrylate, methacrylic acid 3,3,4,4,5,5,6,6,7,7,8,8, -Tridecafluoro-n-octyl, 2- [2-hydroxy-5- [2- (methacryloyloxy) ethyl] phenyl] -2H-benzotriazole, (meth) acrylic acid 2-isocyanatoethyl, 2-[( 3,5-dimethylpyrazolyl) carbonylamino] ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (0- [1′-methylpropylideneamino] carboxyamino) ethyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid 2- (trimethylsilyloxy) Ethyl, 3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl (meth) acrylate, 3- (triethoxysilyl) propyl (meth) acrylate, 3- [dimethoxy (methyl) silyl] propyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acryl Acid 3- [diethoxy (methyl) silyl] propyl, (meth) acrylic acid 3- (meth And xyldimethylsilyl) propyl.
 (メタ)アクリルアミド誘導体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ドデシル(メタ)アクリルアミド、(メタ)アクリロイルモルホリン、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ダイアセトンアクリルアミド、フェニル(メタ)アクリルアミド、3-(メタ)アクリロイル-2-オキサゾリジノン、等が挙げられる。
 スチレン誘導体としては、例えば、スチレン、アセトキシスチレン、メチルスチレン、t-ブチルスチレン、メトキシスチレン、オクチルスチレン、フェニルスチレン、等が挙げられる。
Examples of (meth) acrylamide derivatives include (meth) acrylamide, N-methyl (meth) acrylamide, dimethyl (meth) acrylamide, diethyl (meth) acrylamide, isopropyl (meth) acrylamide, t-butyl (meth) acrylamide, and dodecyl. (Meth) acrylamide, (meth) acryloylmorpholine, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylamide, diacetone acrylamide, phenyl (meth) acrylamide, 3- (meth) acryloyl-2-oxazolidinone, and the like.
Examples of the styrene derivative include styrene, acetoxystyrene, methylstyrene, t-butylstyrene, methoxystyrene, octylstyrene, phenylstyrene, and the like.
 より好ましくは、疎水性単量体、又はホモポリマーのガラス転移温度が低い単量体であり、具体的には、アクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル、アクリル酸イソプロピル、アクリル酸ブチル、アクリル酸イソブチル、アクリル酸t-ブチル、アクリル酸アミル、アクリル酸イソアミル、アクリル酸t-アミル、アクリル酸ネオペンチル、アクリル酸ヘキシル、アクリル酸ヘプチル、アクリル酸オクチル、アクリル酸イソオクチル、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、アクリル酸ノニル、アクリル酸イソノニル、アクリル酸デシル、アクリル酸イソデシル、アクリル酸ラウリル、アクリル酸トリデシル、アクリル酸テトラデシル、メタクリル酸ブチル、メタクリル酸イソブチル、メタクリル酸アミル、メタクリル酸イソアミル、メタクリル酸t-アミル、メタクリル酸ネオペンチル、メタクリル酸ヘキシル、メタクリル酸ヘプチル、メタクリル酸オクチル、メタクリル酸イソオクチル、メタクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、メタクリル酸ノニル、メタクリル酸イソノニル、メタクリル酸デシル、メタクリル酸イソデシル、メタクリル酸ラウリル、メタクリル酸トリデシル、メタクリル酸テトラデシル、メタクリル酸ヘキサデシル、メタクリル酸ステアリル、メタクリル酸ベヘニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸フェノキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-フェノキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニルフェノキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸ノニルフェノキシテトラエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸ブトキシジエチレングリコール、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシロキシジエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラヒドロフルフリル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチルのカプロラクトン付加物が挙げられる。 More preferably, it is a hydrophobic monomer or a monomer having a low glass transition temperature of homopolymer, specifically, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, isopropyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, Isobutyl acrylate, tert-butyl acrylate, amyl acrylate, isoamyl acrylate, t-amyl acrylate, neopentyl acrylate, hexyl acrylate, heptyl acrylate, octyl acrylate, isooctyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, Nonyl acrylate, isononyl acrylate, decyl acrylate, isodecyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl acrylate, butyl methacrylate, isobutyl methacrylate, amyl methacrylate, isoa methacrylate , T-amyl methacrylate, neopentyl methacrylate, hexyl methacrylate, heptyl methacrylate, octyl methacrylate, isooctyl methacrylate, 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, nonyl methacrylate, isononyl methacrylate, decyl methacrylate, isodecyl methacrylate, Lauryl methacrylate, tridecyl methacrylate, tetradecyl methacrylate, hexadecyl methacrylate, stearyl methacrylate, behenyl methacrylate, dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-phenoxydiethylene glycol, (meth) acrylic acid nonylphenoxydiethylene glycol, (meth) acrylic acid nonylpheno Citetraethylene glycol, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, butoxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyloxydiethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, methoxy Examples include polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone adduct of 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
 染料ポリマーにおける、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位の全繰り返し単位に対する含有率は、好ましくは10~98質量%であり、より好ましくは20~80質量%であり、更に好ましくは30~70質量%である。染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位の含有率が10質量%以上であれば、単位質量あたりの着色力が向上し布帛への染色濃度が高くなる。また、98質量%以下であると、分散性や堅牢性、品質(風合い)等の性能を発現しやすい。
 染料ポリマーにおける、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位の全繰り返し単位に対する含有率は、好ましくは1~30質量%であり、より好ましくは5~30質量%であり、更に好ましくは10~30質量%である。非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位の含有率が1質量%以上であると分散体の分散安定性に優れる。また、30質量%以下であると、堅牢性が優れる。
The content of the repeating unit including the structure derived from the dye in the dye polymer is preferably 10 to 98% by mass, more preferably 20 to 80% by mass, and still more preferably 30 to 70% by mass. %. If the content rate of the repeating unit containing the structure derived from dye is 10 mass% or more, the coloring power per unit mass will improve and the dyeing density to a fabric will become high. Moreover, it is easy to express performance, such as dispersibility, fastness, quality (texture), as it is 98 mass% or less.
The content of the repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group in the dye polymer is preferably 1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and still more preferably 10 to 30%. % By mass. When the content of the repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group is 1% by mass or more, the dispersion stability of the dispersion is excellent. Moreover, fastness is excellent in it being 30 mass% or less.
 本発明で好ましく用いられる染料ポリマーの具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。L中の*1はポリマー主鎖中の炭素原子との結合位置を、*2はDとの結合位置をそれぞれ表し、D中の*3はLとの結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the dye polymer preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but are not limited thereto. L 1 in * 1 positions bonded to the carbon atom in the polymer backbone, * 2 denotes respectively the coupling position with the D 1, * 3 in the D 1 represents a bonding position to L 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
<染料ポリマーの水分散体>
 染料ポリマーの水分散体は、少なくとも、水、及び(A)染料ポリマーを含んでおり、好ましくは、(B)水性有機溶剤を含有する。また、場合により(C)界面活性剤(低分子型界面活性剤、高分子型分散剤)を含有していてもよい。
 染料ポリマーの水分散体の製造方法は、有機溶媒中で染料ポリマーを合成した後、水、場合により界面活性剤を添加して乳化させ、有機溶媒を除去して染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、有機溶媒中で染料ポリマーを合成した後、水、場合により界面活性剤や溶媒を添加し、水以外の溶媒を除去して染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、水中に染料ポリマーの単量体、重合開始剤、場合により界面活性剤を添加して乳化させ、重合を開始してポリマー化し、染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、水中に染料ポリマーの単量体、重合開始剤、有機溶媒、場合により界面活性剤を添加して乳化させ、重合を開始してポリマー化し、ポリマー化と同時に或いはポリマー化した後に有機溶媒を除去して染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、水中に染料ポリマーの単量体、場合により界面活性剤を添加して乳化させ、重合開始剤を添加し、重合を開始してポリマー化し、染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、水中に染料ポリマーの単量体、場合により界面活性剤や有機溶媒を添加して乳化させ、重合開始剤又は、場合により重合開始剤溶液を添加し、重合を開始してポリマー化し、ポリマー化と同時に或いはポリマー化した後に有機溶媒を除去して染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、有機溶媒中で染料ポリマーを合成した後、染料ポリマーを取り出し、水、場合により界面活性剤を添加し、再分散及び/又はガラスビーズやジルコニアビーズなどと共にアトライターやミル機で微分散することで染料ポリマーの水分散体を得る方法、などがありこれらを好適に用いることができる。染料ポリマーが粉砕可能な場合は、上記アトライターやミル機で微分散する方法がより好ましく、染料ポリマーが柔軟で粉砕しにくい場合は、微分散する方法以外の上記方法のいずれかにより製造することが好ましい。
<Aqueous dispersion of dye polymer>
The aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer contains at least water and (A) the dye polymer, and preferably contains (B) an aqueous organic solvent. In some cases, (C) a surfactant (low molecular surfactant, polymer dispersant) may be contained.
A method for producing an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer is obtained by synthesizing a dye polymer in an organic solvent, and then emulsifying by adding water and optionally a surfactant to remove the organic solvent to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer. A method of synthesizing a dye polymer in an organic solvent, then adding water, optionally a surfactant or solvent, and removing the solvent other than water to obtain an aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer. A method for obtaining a water dispersion of a dye polymer, a monomer of a dye polymer in water, a polymerization initiator, A method of obtaining an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer by adding an organic solvent, optionally a surfactant, emulsifying, polymerizing by starting polymerization, and removing the organic solvent simultaneously with polymerization or after polymerization, Dyeing Polymer monomer, optionally adding surfactant to emulsify, adding polymerization initiator, starting polymerization and polymerizing to obtain aqueous dispersion of dye polymer, single amount of dye polymer in water Body, optionally adding a surfactant or organic solvent to emulsify, adding a polymerization initiator or, optionally, a polymerization initiator solution, initiating polymerization to polymerize, and simultaneously with polymerization or after polymerization A method of obtaining an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer by removing the solvent, synthesizing the dye polymer in an organic solvent, taking out the dye polymer, adding water, and optionally a surfactant, redispersing and / or glass beads or There is a method of obtaining an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer by finely dispersing with zirconia beads or the like with an attritor or a mill, and these can be suitably used. When the dye polymer can be pulverized, the method of finely dispersing with the above-mentioned attritor or mill is more preferable. When the dye polymer is flexible and difficult to pulverize, it should be produced by any of the above methods other than the method of finely dispersing. Is preferred.
(A)染料ポリマー
 本発明では、上述の染料ポリマーを、水に溶解した状態ではなく、水に分散した状態(水分散体)として用いる。水は超純水を用いることが好ましい。
(A) Dye polymer In the present invention, the above-described dye polymer is used not in a state dissolved in water but in a state dispersed in water (water dispersion). It is preferable to use ultrapure water as the water.
(1-1)分散性
 染料ポリマーは、水分散時において、染料ポリマー自体の性質として、又は併用する界面活性剤により、水となじみやすく(濡れやすく)、立体反発により染料ポリマーの微粒子の再凝集を防止し、沈降生成の抑制の機能を有する。
(1-1) Dispersibility The dye polymer, when dispersed in water, tends to be compatible with water (easy to wet) due to the nature of the dye polymer itself or by the surfactant used in combination, and reaggregation of the fine particles of the dye polymer due to steric repulsion. And has the function of suppressing sedimentation.
(1-2)平均粒子径
 染料ポリマーは水分散体中で粒子状になっていることが好ましい。染料ポリマーの水分散体における粒子状の染料ポリマーの平均粒子径は10~500nmであることが好ましく、30~300nmであることがより好ましく、50~200nmであることが更に好ましい。上記範囲内にあると、インクジェット法により布帛に直接印捺することができる。
 本明細書における平均粒子径は、粒度分布測定装置(ナノトラックUPA EX150、日機装(株)製、商品名)を用いて測定した値を用いた。
(1-2) Average particle diameter The dye polymer is preferably in the form of particles in an aqueous dispersion. The average particle diameter of the particulate dye polymer in the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer is preferably 10 to 500 nm, more preferably 30 to 300 nm, and still more preferably 50 to 200 nm. If it is within the above range, it can be directly printed on the fabric by the ink jet method.
As the average particle size in the present specification, a value measured using a particle size distribution measuring device (Nanotrack UPA EX150, manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd., trade name) was used.
 水分散体中の染料ポリマーの含有量として、好ましくは0.1~40質量%であり、より好ましくは1~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは3~25質量%である。この範囲であるとインクジェットインクとしての貯蔵安定性を確保しつつ、印刷において高濃度の染色布を得ることができる。
 水分散体中の水の含有量として、好ましくは50~95質量%であり、より好ましくは55~90質量%であり、特に好ましくは60~90質量%である。この範囲であると、水分散体の安定性と、インクジェットインクとしての吐出安定性を付与することができる。尚、水分散体の安定性とは沈降などが起こりにくいことを指す。
The content of the dye polymer in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 25% by mass. Within this range, a high-density dyed cloth can be obtained in printing while ensuring storage stability as an inkjet ink.
The content of water in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 50 to 95% by mass, more preferably 55 to 90% by mass, and particularly preferably 60 to 90% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted. The stability of the aqueous dispersion means that precipitation or the like hardly occurs.
(B)水性有機溶剤
 水性有機溶剤としては、25℃における水への溶解度が水100グラムあたり、10グラム以上であるものが好ましく、水100グラムあたり20グラム以上であるものがより好ましく、水と任意の割合で混和するものが特に好ましい。水性有機溶剤としては、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、ニトリル系溶剤が挙げられる。例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、イソブタノール、t-ブタノール、トリメチロールプロパン、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、1,2,6-ヘキサントリオール、チオグリコール、ヘキシレングリコール、グリセリン、ジグリセリン、ポリグリセリン、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、アセトニトリルなどが挙げられる。好ましくは、トリメチロールプロパン、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン、2-ピロリドン、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルであり、より好ましくは、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、グリセリン、2-ピロリドン、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルであり、更に好ましくは、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、2-ピロリドンである。
 水分散体中の水性有機溶剤の含有量として、好ましくは5~50質量%であり、より好ましくは5~40質量%であり、特に好ましくは、10~30質量%である。この範囲であると、水分散体の安定性と、インクジェットインクとしての吐出安定性を付与することができる。
(B) Aqueous organic solvent The aqueous organic solvent preferably has a solubility in water at 25 ° C. of 10 grams or more per 100 grams of water, more preferably 20 grams or more per 100 grams of water, Those which are mixed at an arbitrary ratio are particularly preferable. Examples of the aqueous organic solvent include alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and nitrile solvents. For example, methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, isobutanol, t-butanol, trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene glycol, 1,2,6 -Hexanetriol, thioglycol, hexylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, polyglycerin, 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, Examples include acetonitrile. Preferably, trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, more preferably Ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, glycerin, 2-pyrrolidone and ethylene glycol monobutyl ether are preferred, and ethylene glycol, glycerin and 2-pyrrolidone are more preferred.
The content of the aqueous organic solvent in the aqueous dispersion is preferably 5 to 50% by mass, more preferably 5 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 30% by mass. Within this range, the stability of the aqueous dispersion and the ejection stability as an inkjet ink can be imparted.
(C)界面活性剤
 本発明の染料ポリマーの水分散体は、場合により界面活性剤を含んでいても良い。界面活性剤としては、好ましくは、疎水基とイオン性基及び/又は非イオン性親水性基を有する低分子又は高分子化合物であり、以下の特性を有することが好ましい。
(C) Surfactant The aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention may optionally contain a surfactant. The surfactant is preferably a low-molecular or high-molecular compound having a hydrophobic group and an ionic group and / or a nonionic hydrophilic group, and preferably has the following characteristics.
(2-1)分散性
 界面活性剤は、染料ポリマーを分散させる際に添加されることで、界面活性剤が染料ポリマー表面に吸着し水となじませ(濡れさせる)、染料ポリマー微粒子を電荷反発(斥力)や立体反発により微粒子の再凝集を防止し、沈降生成の抑制の機能を有する。
(2-1) Dispersibility Surfactant is added when dispersing the dye polymer, so that the surfactant is adsorbed on the surface of the dye polymer and is infiltrated (wet) with water, and the dye polymer fine particles are repelled by charge. (Repulsive force) and steric repulsion prevent fine particles from reaggregating and have the function of suppressing sedimentation.
(2-2)分子量
 高分子型分散剤の場合には、染料ポリマーに対して、分散効果の最適な分子量があり、その分子量を超えて大きくなると染料ポリマーと染料ポリマーの間での橋渡しを引き起こし染料ポリマーの凝集を招く。一方、最適な分子量よりも小さいと染料ポリマーからの奪着が起こりやすく、分散剤としての効果が小さくなる。また、分子量が小さくなると架橋させた後の固着剤としての効果が弱くなる。従って、高分子型分散剤としては、重量平均分子量が2,000~50,000のものを用いるのがよい。高分子型分散剤の重量平均分子量は染料ポリマーの重量平均分子量と同様の方法で測定される。
(2-2) Molecular Weight In the case of a polymer type dispersant, there is an optimum molecular weight for the dispersion effect for the dye polymer, and if the molecular weight exceeds the molecular weight, a bridge between the dye polymer and the dye polymer is caused. This causes aggregation of the dye polymer. On the other hand, when the molecular weight is smaller than the optimum molecular weight, the adsorption from the dye polymer is likely to occur, and the effect as a dispersing agent is reduced. Further, when the molecular weight is small, the effect as a fixing agent after crosslinking is weakened. Accordingly, it is preferable to use a polymer type dispersant having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 to 50,000. The weight average molecular weight of the polymeric dispersant is measured by the same method as the weight average molecular weight of the dye polymer.
(2-3)構造及び形態
 本発明に添加する界面活性剤は、疎水基(電気的に中性の非極性基で水と親和性が低い基)とイオン性基(電気的にイオン性の極性基で、水との親和性が高い基)及び/又は非イオン性親水性基(電気的に中性の極性基で水と親和性が高い基)を有することが好ましい。この構造は、直鎖又は分岐したものいずれでもよい。高分子型分散剤の場合は、ランダム、交互、周期、ブロックのいずれの構造でもよく、幹と枝の構造がデザインされたグラフトポリマーであってもよい。
 界面活性剤は、水又は水性有機溶剤に配合した状態が、水溶液、ディスパージョン、エマルジョンのいずれの形態でも用いることができる。
(2-3) Structure and Form The surfactant to be added to the present invention comprises a hydrophobic group (an electrically neutral nonpolar group having a low affinity with water) and an ionic group (electrically ionic). It is preferably a polar group having a high affinity with water and / or a nonionic hydrophilic group (an electrically neutral polar group having a high affinity with water). This structure may be linear or branched. In the case of the polymeric dispersant, any of random, alternating, periodic, and block structures may be used, and a graft polymer designed with a trunk and branch structure may be used.
The surfactant can be used in any form of an aqueous solution, a dispersion, or an emulsion when mixed with water or an aqueous organic solvent.
(2-4)形成法及び入手方法
 低分子界面活性剤及び高分子型分散剤は例えば以下のようなものを用いることができる。
 陽イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪族アミン塩、脂肪族4級アンモニウム塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、塩化ベンゼトニウム、ピリジニウム塩、及びイミダゾリニウム塩等が挙げられる。陰イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪酸石鹸(例えば、オレイン酸ナトリウムなど)、N-アシルグルタミン酸塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、アルキルスルホ酢酸塩、硫酸化油、高級アルコール硫酸エステル塩、及びアルキルリン酸エステル塩等が挙げられる。両性界面活性剤として、例えば、カルボキシベタイン型、スルホベタイン型、アミノカルボン酸塩、及びイミダゾリニウムベタイン等が挙げられる。また、N,N-ジメチル-N-アルキルアミンオキシドのようなアミンオキシド型も好適な例として挙げられる。
 非イオン性界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラノリン誘導体、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレングリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、及びアセチレングリコール等が挙げられる。また、アセチレン系ポリオキシエチレンオキシド界面活性剤であるSURFYNOLS(AirProducts&Chemicals社、商品名)も好適な例として挙げられる。その他、特開昭59-157636号の第37~38頁、リサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.308119(1989年)において界面活性剤として挙げられているものも用いることができる。
 低分子界面活性剤の含有量は、水分散体の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~5.0質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、かかる範囲で水分散体の表面張力を任意に調整することが好ましい。
(2-4) Formation Method and Obtaining Method For example, the following can be used as the low molecular surfactant and the high molecular dispersant.
Examples of the cationic surfactant include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts. Examples of the anionic surfactant include fatty acid soap (for example, sodium oleate), N-acyl glutamate, alkyl sulfonate, alkyl benzene sulfonate, alkyl sulfoacetate, sulfated oil, higher alcohol sulfate Salt, alkyl phosphate ester salt and the like. Examples of amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine. A suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
Examples of the nonionic surfactant include polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan Examples include fatty acid esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycol. A suitable example is SURFYNOLS (Air Products & Chemicals, trade name), which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant. In addition, pages 37 to 38 of JP-A-59-157636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
The content of the low molecular surfactant is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion, and the surface tension of the aqueous dispersion can be arbitrarily set within this range. It is preferable to adjust to.
 高分子型分散剤は、疎水性基含有単量体とイオン性基含有単量体とを共重合させることにより製造できる。なお、それぞれの単量体は一種類のみでも、又は二種類以上用いてもよい。上記の疎水性基含有単量体及びイオン性基含有単量体としては、前述の染料ポリマーの共重合成分の単量体と同じである。高分子型分散剤として、ビックケミー・ジャパン社製のDISPERBYK-194N(商品名)などを用いることもできる。
 高分子型分散剤の含有量は、水分散体の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~50質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、かかる範囲で水分散体の表面張力を任意に調整することが好ましい。
The polymeric dispersant can be produced by copolymerizing a hydrophobic group-containing monomer and an ionic group-containing monomer. Each monomer may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The above-mentioned hydrophobic group-containing monomer and ionic group-containing monomer are the same as the monomer of the copolymer component of the dye polymer described above. As the polymeric dispersant, DISPERBYK-194N (trade name) manufactured by BYK Japan, Inc. can be used.
The content of the polymeric dispersant is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the aqueous dispersion. It is preferable to adjust.
 本発明の染料ポリマーの水分散体には、必要に応じ、湿潤剤としてのグリコール溶剤、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、グリセリン、ポリエチレングリコールなど、及び、尿素、ヒアルロン酸、ショ糖などを添加することができる。その他に、分散助剤として、上述の非イオン性界面活性剤や陰イオン性界面活性剤を添加することができるが、これらの界面活性剤は、分散安定性としての性能を低下させないように、少量配合することが好ましい。 In the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention, if necessary, a glycol solvent as a wetting agent, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, glycerin, polyethylene glycol, etc., and urea, hyaluronic acid, sucrose, etc. Can be added. In addition, the above-mentioned nonionic surfactants and anionic surfactants can be added as dispersion aids, but these surfactants do not deteriorate the performance as dispersion stability. It is preferable to add a small amount.
<着色組成物>
 本発明は、染料ポリマーの水分散体を含む着色組成物にも関する。染料ポリマーの水分散体を含む着色組成物は、上述の染料ポリマーの水分散体を含有し、好ましくは、水又は水性有機溶剤を更に含有する。また、必要に応じて、その他の着色剤、有機溶媒、界面活性剤、及び各種添加剤等の成分を含有していても良い。
 本発明の染料ポリマーの水分散体を含有する着色組成物は、優れた耐光性を有しているので、繊維染色用途のみならず、紙媒体染色、プラスチック染色、塗料、塗膜、建材として用いることができる。
<Coloring composition>
The invention also relates to a colored composition comprising an aqueous dispersion of a dye polymer. The coloring composition containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer contains the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer described above, and preferably further contains water or an aqueous organic solvent. Moreover, you may contain components, such as another coloring agent, an organic solvent, surfactant, and various additives as needed.
Since the coloring composition containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention has excellent light resistance, it is used not only for fiber dyeing but also for paper media dyeing, plastic dyeing, paints, coatings, and building materials. be able to.
 本発明の着色組成物は、染料ポリマー以外の他の着色剤(染料や顔料等)を更に含んでいてもよい。他の着色剤を含む場合、染料ポリマーの含有量は、染料ポリマーを含めた着色剤の全質量に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、更には100質量%、即ち染料ポリマーのみを含有することが好ましい。
 染料ポリマーの着色組成物中の含有量としては、染色濃度及び着色組成物の保存安定性から、着色組成物の全質量に対して、0.1~20質量%が好ましく、1~15質量%がより好ましく、3~12質量%が更に好ましい。
 また、着色組成物中の水の含有量は、好ましくは40~90質量%であり、より好ましくは50~85質量%であり、特に好ましくは50~80質量%である。
The colored composition of the present invention may further contain a colorant (dye, pigment, etc.) other than the dye polymer. When the other colorant is included, the content of the dye polymer is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, further 100% by mass, based on the total mass of the colorant including the dye polymer. That is, it preferably contains only a dye polymer.
The content of the dye polymer in the coloring composition is preferably from 0.1 to 20% by weight, preferably from 1 to 15% by weight, based on the total weight of the coloring composition, from the dyeing density and the storage stability of the coloring composition. Is more preferable, and 3 to 12% by mass is even more preferable.
The content of water in the coloring composition is preferably 40 to 90% by mass, more preferably 50 to 85% by mass, and particularly preferably 50 to 80% by mass.
<有機溶媒>
 本発明の着色組成物が含有し得る有機溶媒の例としては、多価アルコール類(例えば、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、2-エチル-2-(ヒドロキシメチル)-1,3-プロパンジオール、テトラエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、1,2,4-ブタントリオール、ジエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、テトラメチレングリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,2-ヘキサンジオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,2-ペンタンジオール、2,2-ジメチル1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2-ブタンジオール、2-メチル-2,4-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、及び2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール等)、アミン類(例えば、エタノールアミン、及び2-(ジメチルアミノ)エタノール等)、一価アルコール類(例えば、メタノール、エタノール、及びブタノール等)、多価アルコールのアルキルエーテル類(例えば、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、及びジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等)、2,2′-チオジエタノール、アミド類(例えばN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等)、スルホラン、ジメチルスルホキシド、3-スルホレン等の含硫黄化合物、複素環類(2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、及びN-エチルモルホリン等)、及びアセトニトリル等が挙げられる。これらは単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。
 本発明の着色組成物が含有し得る有機溶媒は、前述の水性有機溶剤であることが好ましい。
 本発明の着色組成物中の有機溶媒の含有量は、着色組成物の全質量に対して、1質量%~60質量%であることが好ましく、2質量%~50質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Organic solvent>
Examples of the organic solvent that can be contained in the coloring composition of the present invention include polyhydric alcohols (for example, ethylene glycol, glycerin, 2-ethyl-2- (hydroxymethyl) -1,3-propanediol, tetraethylene glycol). , Triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, diethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 1,2-hexanediol, 1,5-pentane Diol, 1,2-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 2-methyl-2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,3-butanediol and 2-methyl 1,3-propanediol, etc.), amines (eg, ethanolamine, 2- (dimethylamino) ethanol, etc.), monohydric alcohols (eg, methanol, ethanol, butanol, etc.), polyhydric alcohols Alkyl ethers (eg, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, and dipropylene glycol) Monomethyl ether, etc.), 2,2'-thiodiethanol, amides (eg N, N-dimethylforma) Sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, dimethyl sulfoxide, 3-sulfolene, heterocyclics (2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethyl) Morpholine, etc.) and acetonitrile. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The organic solvent that can be contained in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably the aforementioned aqueous organic solvent.
The content of the organic solvent in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass and more preferably 2% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the colored composition. preferable.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、保存安定性、吐出安定性、及び吐出精度などを高める観点から、界面活性剤をさらに用いることができる。界面活性剤としては、陽イオン性、陰イオン性、両性、及び非イオン性のいずれの界面活性剤も用いることができる。
<Surfactant>
The coloring composition of the present invention can further use a surfactant from the viewpoint of enhancing storage stability, ejection stability, ejection accuracy, and the like. As the surfactant, any of cationic, anionic, amphoteric and nonionic surfactants can be used.
 陽イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪族アミン塩、脂肪族4級アンモニウム塩、ベンザルコニウム塩、塩化ベンゼトニウム、ピリジニウム塩、及びイミダゾリニウム塩等が挙げられる。  Examples of the cationic surfactant include aliphatic amine salts, aliphatic quaternary ammonium salts, benzalkonium salts, benzethonium chloride, pyridinium salts, and imidazolinium salts.
 陰イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、脂肪酸石鹸、N-アシルグルタミン酸塩、アルキルスルホン酸塩、アルキルベンゼンスルホン酸塩、アルキルスルホ酢酸塩、硫酸化油、高級アルコール硫酸エステル塩、及びアルキルリン酸エステル塩等が挙げられる。 Examples of the anionic surfactant include fatty acid soaps, N-acyl glutamates, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl benzene sulfonates, alkyl sulfoacetates, sulfated oils, higher alcohol sulfates, and alkyl phosphates. Etc.
 両性界面活性剤として、例えば、カルボキシベタイン型、スルホベタイン型、アミノカルボン酸塩、及びイミダゾリニウムベタイン等が挙げられる。また、N,N-ジメチル-N-アルキルアミンオキシドのようなアミンオキシド型も好適な例として挙げられる。 Examples of amphoteric surfactants include carboxybetaine type, sulfobetaine type, aminocarboxylate, and imidazolinium betaine. A suitable example is an amine oxide type such as N, N-dimethyl-N-alkylamine oxide.
 非イオン性界面活性剤として、例えば、ポリオキシエチレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンラノリン誘導体、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンアルキルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレングリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ポリエチレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、ポリグリセリン脂肪酸エステル、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル、プロピレングリコール脂肪酸エステル、及びアセチレングリコール等が挙げられる。また、アセチレン系ポリオキシエチレンオキシド界面活性剤であるSURFYNOLS(AirProducts&Chemicals社、商品名)も好適な例として挙げられる。その他、特開昭59-157636号の第37~38頁、リサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.308119(1989年)において界面活性剤として挙げられているものも用いることができる。 Nonionic surfactants include, for example, polyoxyethylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene lanolin derivative, polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene alkyl ether, polyoxyethylene glycerin fatty acid ester, polyethylene glycol fatty acid ester, polyglycerin fatty acid ester, sorbitan fatty acid Examples include esters, propylene glycol fatty acid esters, and acetylene glycols. A suitable example is SURFYNOLS (Air Products & Chemicals, trade name), which is an acetylene-based polyoxyethylene oxide surfactant. In addition, pages 37 to 38 of JP-A-59-157636, Research Disclosure No. Those listed as surfactants in 308119 (1989) can also be used.
 これらの界面活性剤を使用する場合、界面活性剤は1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。
 本発明の着色組成物中の界面活性剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~5.0質量%の範囲であることが好ましく、かかる範囲で着色組成物の表面張力を任意に調整することが好ましい。
When using these surfactants, the surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the surfactant in the colored composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the colored composition. It is preferable to arbitrarily adjust the surface tension of the object.
<各種添加剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、その他に従来公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。添加剤として、例えば、酸塩基や緩衝液等のpH調整剤、蛍光増白剤、表面張力調整剤、消泡剤、乾燥防止剤、潤滑剤、増粘剤、紫外線吸収剤、退色防止剤、帯電防止剤、マット剤、酸化防止剤、比抵抗調整剤、防錆剤、無機顔料、還元防止剤、防腐剤、防黴剤、キレート剤、及び架橋剤等が挙げられる。
<Various additives>
In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention may contain various conventionally known additives. Examples of additives include pH adjusters such as acid bases and buffer solutions, fluorescent brighteners, surface tension adjusters, antifoaming agents, drying inhibitors, lubricants, thickeners, ultraviolet absorbers, anti-fading agents, Examples thereof include an antistatic agent, a matting agent, an antioxidant, a specific resistance adjuster, an antirust agent, an inorganic pigment, a reduction inhibitor, an antiseptic, an antifungal agent, a chelating agent, and a crosslinking agent.
(紫外線吸収剤)
 紫外線吸収剤として、特開昭58-185677号公報、特開昭61-190537号公報、特開平2-782号公報、特開平5-197075号公報、特開平9-34057号公報等に記載されたベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、特開昭46-2784号公報、特開平5-194483号公報、米国特許第3214463号明細書等に記載されたベンゾフェノン系化合物、特公昭48-30492号公報、特公昭56-21141号公報、特開平10-88106号公報等に記載された桂皮酸系化合物、特開平4-298503号公報、特開平8-53427号公報、特開平8-239368号公報、特開平10-182621号公報、特表平8-501291号公報等に記載されたトリアジン系化合物、リサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.24239号に記載された化合物やスチルベン系、ベンズオキサゾール系化合物に代表される紫外線を吸収して蛍光を発する化合物、いわゆる蛍光増白剤も用いることができる。着色組成物が、紫外線吸収剤を含有することで、画像の保存性を向上させることができる。
(UV absorber)
As ultraviolet absorbers, they are described in JP-A-58-185777, JP-A-61-190537, JP-A-2-782, JP-A-5-97075, JP-A-9-34057, and the like. Benzotriazole compounds, benzophenone compounds described in JP-A-46-2784, JP-A-5-194443, US Pat. No. 3,214,463, etc., JP-B-48-30492, JP-B-56 -21141, JP-A-10-88106, etc., cinnamic acid compounds, JP-A-4-298503, JP-A-8-53427, JP-A-8-239368, JP-A-10- Triazine compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 182621, Japanese National Publication No. Hei 8-501291, etc., Research Disclosure No. Compounds described in No. 24239, compounds that emit fluorescence by absorbing ultraviolet rays typified by stilbene-based and benzoxazole-based compounds, so-called fluorescent brighteners, can also be used. When the coloring composition contains an ultraviolet absorber, it is possible to improve image storability.
(退色防止剤)
 退色防止剤として、各種の有機系及び金属錯体系の退色防止剤を使用することができる。有機系の退色防止剤として、例えば、ハイドロキノン類、アルコキシフェノール類、ジアルコキシフェノール類、フェノール類、アニリン類、アミン類、インダン類、クロマン類、アルコキシアニリン類、及びヘテロ環類等が挙げられる。金属錯体として、例えば、ニッケル錯体、及び亜鉛錯体等が挙げられる。より具体的にはリサーチ・ディスクロージャーNo.17643の第VIIのI項及びJ項、同No.15162、同No.18716の650頁左欄、同No.36544の527頁、同No.307105の872頁、同No.15162に引用された特許に記載された化合物や特開昭62-215272号公報の127頁~137頁、及び米国特許第5356443号明細書に記載された代表的化合物の一般式及び化合物例に含まれる化合物を使用することができる。着色組成物が、退色防止剤を含有することで、画像の保存性を向上させることができる。
(Anti-fading agent)
As an anti-fading agent, various organic and metal complex anti-fading agents can be used. Examples of organic fading inhibitors include hydroquinones, alkoxyphenols, dialkoxyphenols, phenols, anilines, amines, indanes, chromans, alkoxyanilines, and heterocycles. Examples of the metal complex include a nickel complex and a zinc complex. More specifically, Research Disclosure No. No. 17643, VII, I and J, No. 15162, ibid. No. 18716, page 650, left column, ibid. No. 36544, page 527, ibid. No. 307105, page 872, ibid. Included in the general formulas and compound examples of the compounds described in the patent cited in US Pat. No. 15162, and representative compounds described in JP-A-62-215272, pages 127 to 137, and US Pat. No. 5,356,443. Can be used. When the coloring composition contains an anti-fading agent, image storability can be improved.
(防腐剤及び防黴剤)
 本発明の着色組成物は、着色組成物の長期保存安定性を保つため、防腐剤及び防黴剤の少なくとも一方を含有していてもよい。着色組成物が、防腐剤や防黴剤を含有することで、長期での保存安定性を高めることができる。防腐剤及び防黴剤として、例えば、芳香族ハロゲン化合物(例えば、プリベントールCMK;ランクセス社製、商品名)、メチレンジチオシアナート、含ハロゲン窒素硫黄化合物、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン(例えば、プロキセルGXL;アーチケミカルズ社製、商品名)、デヒドロ酢酸ナトリウム、安息香酸ナトリウム、ナトリウムピリジンチオン-1-オキシド、p-ヒドロキシ安息香酸エチルエステル、1,2-ベンズイソチアゾリン-3-オン、及びその塩等が挙げられる。
 防腐剤及び防黴剤は、一種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。着色組成物が防腐剤及び防黴剤を含有する場合、防腐剤及び防黴剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全質量に対して、0.02質量%~1.00質量%が好ましい。
(Preservatives and antifungal agents)
The colored composition of the present invention may contain at least one of a preservative and an antifungal agent in order to maintain the long-term storage stability of the colored composition. When the coloring composition contains a preservative or an antifungal agent, long-term storage stability can be enhanced. Examples of antiseptics and antifungal agents include aromatic halogen compounds (for example, Priventol CMK; manufactured by LANXESS, trade name), methylene dithiocyanate, halogen-containing nitrogen-sulfur compounds, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one (For example, Proxel GXL; manufactured by Arch Chemicals, trade name), sodium dehydroacetate, sodium benzoate, sodium pyridinethion-1-oxide, ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 1,2-benzisothiazolin-3-one, And salts thereof.
A preservative and an antifungal agent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the coloring composition contains an antiseptic and an antifungal agent, the content of the antiseptic and the antifungal agent is preferably 0.02% by mass to 1.00% by mass with respect to the total mass of the coloring composition.
(乾燥防止剤)
 乾燥防止剤としては、水より蒸気圧の低い水性有機溶剤を好適に用いることができる。着色組成物に乾燥防止剤が含有されることで、インクジェット記録用途に使用する場合、着色組成物を吐出する吐出ヘッドのノズルの噴射口において、着色組成物が乾燥することによる目詰まりを防止することができる。 乾燥防止剤の具体的な例として、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、チオジグリコール、ジチオジグリコール、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、1,2,6-ヘキサントリオール、アセチレングリコール誘導体、グリセリン、及びトリメチロールプロパン等に代表される多価アルコール類、エチレングリコールモノメチル(又は、エチル)エーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチル(又は、エチル)エーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチル(又は、ブチル)エーテル等の多価アルコールの低級アルキルエーテル類、2-ピロリドン、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、及びN-エチルモルホリン等の複素環類、スルホラン、ジメチルスルホキシド、及び3-スルホレン等の含硫黄化合物、ジアセトンアルコール、及びジエタノールアミン等の多官能化合物、並びに尿素誘導体が挙げられる。これらのうち、グリセリン、及びジエチレングリコール等の多価アルコールがより好ましい。
 また、乾燥防止剤は、一種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。上記の着色組成物が乾燥防止剤を含有する場合、乾燥防止剤の含有量は、着色組成物の全質量に対して、10質量%~50質量%が好ましい。
(Anti-drying agent)
As the drying inhibitor, an aqueous organic solvent having a vapor pressure lower than that of water can be suitably used. When the coloring composition contains an anti-drying agent, clogging due to drying of the coloring composition at the nozzle outlet of the discharge head that discharges the coloring composition is prevented when used for inkjet recording applications. be able to. Specific examples of the drying inhibitor include, for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, thiodiglycol, dithiodiglycol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,6-hexanetriol. , Acetylene glycol derivatives, glycerin, polyhydric alcohols typified by trimethylolpropane, ethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl (or ethyl) ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl (or butyl) Lower alkyl ethers of polyhydric alcohols such as ether, heterocycles such as 2-pyrrolidone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and N-ethylmorpholine, Horan, dimethyl sulfoxide, and sulfur-containing compounds such as sulfolane, diacetone alcohol, and polyfunctional compounds such as diethanolamine, and urea derivatives. Of these, polyhydric alcohols such as glycerin and diethylene glycol are more preferred.
Moreover, a drying inhibitor may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When the coloring composition contains an anti-drying agent, the content of the anti-drying agent is preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass with respect to the total mass of the coloring composition.
(pH調整剤)
 pH調整剤として、例えば、有機塩基、及び無機アルカリ等の中和剤を用いることができる。着色組成物をインクジェット記録に使用する場合、着色組成物にpH調整剤が含有されることで、着色組成物の保存安定性を向上させることができる。pH調整剤は、着色組成物のpHが5~12になるように添加することが好ましく、pHが5~9になるように添加することがより好ましい。
(PH adjuster)
As a pH adjuster, neutralizers, such as an organic base and an inorganic alkali, can be used, for example. When using a coloring composition for inkjet recording, the storage stability of a coloring composition can be improved by containing a pH adjuster in a coloring composition. The pH adjusting agent is preferably added so that the pH of the coloring composition is 5 to 12, and more preferably added so that the pH is 5 to 9.
(表面張力調整剤及び消泡剤)
 表面張力調整剤としては、例えば、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、及びアニオン系界面活性剤等の界面活性剤が挙げられる。界面活性剤の好ましい例は、既述の界面活性剤の欄にて例示したものと同じである。
 消泡剤としては、フッ素系、及びシリコーン系化合物が好ましい。
(Surface tension modifier and antifoaming agent)
Examples of the surface tension adjusting agent include surfactants such as nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, and anionic surfactants. Preferred examples of the surfactant are the same as those exemplified in the above-mentioned surfactant column.
As the antifoaming agent, fluorine-based and silicone-based compounds are preferable.
 本発明の着色組成物をインクジェット用(インクジェットインク)として用いる場合には、着色組成物の表面張力を、20mN/m~70mN/mに調整することが好ましく、25mN/m~60mN/mに調整することがより好ましい。また、着色組成物をインクジェット用として用いる場合には、着色組成物の粘度を、40mPa・s以下に調整することが好ましく、30mPa・s以下に調整することがより好ましく、20mPa・s以下に調整することが特に好ましい。
 表面張力及び粘度は、種々の添加剤、例えば、粘度調整剤、表面張力調整剤、比抵抗調整剤、皮膜調整剤、紫外線吸収剤、酸化防止剤、退色防止剤、防黴剤、防錆剤、分散剤、及び界面活性剤等を添加することによって、調整することができる。
When the colored composition of the present invention is used for inkjet (inkjet ink), the surface tension of the colored composition is preferably adjusted to 20 mN / m to 70 mN / m, and adjusted to 25 mN / m to 60 mN / m. More preferably. When the colored composition is used for inkjet, the viscosity of the colored composition is preferably adjusted to 40 mPa · s or less, more preferably adjusted to 30 mPa · s or less, and adjusted to 20 mPa · s or less. It is particularly preferable to do this.
Surface tension and viscosity are various additives such as viscosity modifiers, surface tension modifiers, specific resistance modifiers, film modifiers, UV absorbers, antioxidants, antifading agents, antifungal agents, and rust inhibitors. It can be adjusted by adding a dispersant, a surfactant and the like.
(キレート剤)
 キレート剤は、着色組成物中における沈殿物等の析出物の発生を防止する目的、また、保存安定性や目詰まり回復性を改良する目的で好適に使用される。着色組成物の着色剤として染料を用いると、着色組成物中に含まれる金属(Ca、Mg、Si、及びFe等)が析出物の発生や目詰まり回復性の低下の原因となり得るため、金属イオンを一定量以下に管理する必要があることが知られている。また、銅錯体染料を用いた場合には、金属イオンの量を管理しても、遊離の銅イオンの量も管理しなければ、析出物の発生や目詰まり回復性の低下が認められることが知られている(特開2000-355665号、及び特開2005-126725号公報等参照)。キレート剤として、例えば、エチレンジアミンテトラ酢酸(EDTA)、ニトリロトリ酢酸、ヒドロオキシエチルエチレンジアミントリ酢酸、ウラミルジ酢酸、及びそれらの金属塩(例えば、ナトリウム塩)が挙げられる。
(Chelating agent)
The chelating agent is preferably used for the purpose of preventing the generation of precipitates such as precipitates in the coloring composition, and for the purpose of improving storage stability and clogging recovery. When a dye is used as the colorant of the coloring composition, the metal (Ca, Mg, Si, Fe, etc.) contained in the coloring composition may cause the generation of precipitates and the reduction in clogging recovery. It is known that ions need to be managed below a certain amount. In addition, when a copper complex dye is used, even if the amount of metal ions is controlled, if the amount of free copper ions is not controlled, the occurrence of precipitates and a reduction in clogging recovery may be observed. It is known (see JP 2000-355665 A, JP 2005-126725 A, etc.). Examples of the chelating agent include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), nitrilotriacetic acid, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetic acid, uramildiacetic acid, and metal salts thereof (for example, sodium salt).
(架橋剤)
 着色布の耐摩擦性や洗濯堅牢度を向上させる目的で、着色組成物は架橋剤を含有してもよい。架橋剤としては、ブロックイソシアネート架橋剤(例えば、メイカネートCX、同TP-10、同DM-35HC、SU-268Aなど、いずれも明成工業株式会社製、商品名)や、多官能エポキシ架橋剤(例えば、デナコールEX-313、同314、同322、411など、いずれもナガセケムテクス株式会社製、商品名)が挙げられる。
(Crosslinking agent)
For the purpose of improving the friction resistance and washing fastness of the colored fabric, the colored composition may contain a crosslinking agent. Examples of the crosslinking agent include blocked isocyanate crosslinking agents (for example, Meikanate CX, TP-10, DM-35HC, SU-268A, etc., all manufactured by Meisei Kogyo Co., Ltd., trade names), and polyfunctional epoxy crosslinking agents (for example, , Denacor EX-313, 314, 322, 411, etc., all manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation, trade names).
 本発明の着色組成物は、布帛上への着色剤供給量に制約があるインクジェットインクとして好適に用いることができる。 The colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as an inkjet ink in which the amount of colorant supplied onto the fabric is limited.
<インクジェットインク>
 本発明は、少なくとも、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー(染料ポリマー)の水分散体を含むインクジェットインクにも関する。インクジェットインクは捺染用であることが好ましい。インクジェットインクに含まれる成分としては上述の本発明の着色組成物において示したものと同様である。
 インクジェットインク中の染料ポリマー、及びその他の成分の含有量は、上述の本発明の着色組成物において示した含有量の範囲とすることができる。 
<Inkjet ink>
The present invention also relates to an inkjet ink including an aqueous dispersion of a polymer (dye polymer) having at least a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group. The inkjet ink is preferably used for textile printing. The components contained in the inkjet ink are the same as those shown in the above-described coloring composition of the present invention.
The content of the dye polymer and other components in the ink-jet ink can be in the range of the content shown in the above-described coloring composition of the present invention.
<インクカートリッジ>
 本発明のインクカートリッジは、上記本発明のインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジである。
<Ink cartridge>
The ink cartridge of the present invention is an ink cartridge filled with the ink jet ink of the present invention.
<インクジェット捺染方法>
 本発明のインクジェット捺染方法は、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー(染料ポリマー)の水分散体を含むインクジェットインクを、インクジェット方式で布帛に直接印捺する工程を有するインクジェット捺染方法である。
 本発明のインクジェット捺染方法は、廃水や転写紙などの廃材を出さず、簡便な作業性で、着色布の品質(風合い)にも優れる、という効果を奏する。
<Inkjet printing method>
The ink jet printing method of the present invention is an ink jet method comprising an ink jet ink containing an aqueous dispersion of a polymer (dye polymer) having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group. An inkjet printing method including a step of directly printing on a fabric.
The ink-jet textile printing method of the present invention produces an effect that it does not produce waste materials such as waste water and transfer paper, is simple in workability, and is excellent in the quality (texture) of the colored cloth.
<布帛>
 本発明のインクジェット捺染方法を適用し得る布帛としては、以下のものがある。生地布帛(繊維種)としては、ナイロン、ポリエステル、アクリロニトリル等の合成繊維、アセテート、レーヨン等の半合成繊維、綿、絹、毛等の天然繊維、及びこれらの混合繊維、織物、編み物、不織布等が挙げられる。これら布帛は発色濃度の更なる向上や、色相の調整を目的として前処理剤を塗布することができる。前処理剤としては、市販のカチオン性ポリマーやカチオン性オリゴマーを用いることができる。
 衣料品としては、Tシャツ、トレーナー、ジャージ、パンツ、スウェットスーツ、ワンピース、ブラウスなどが挙げられる。また、ファブリック、寝具、ハンカチなどにも好適である。
<Fabric>
Examples of fabrics to which the inkjet printing method of the present invention can be applied include the following. Fabrics (fiber types) include synthetic fibers such as nylon, polyester and acrylonitrile, semi-synthetic fibers such as acetate and rayon, natural fibers such as cotton, silk and wool, and mixed fibers, woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, etc. Is mentioned. These fabrics can be coated with a pretreatment agent for the purpose of further improving the color density and adjusting the hue. A commercially available cationic polymer or cationic oligomer can be used as the pretreatment agent.
Apparel includes T-shirts, trainers, jerseys, pants, sweatsuits, dresses, blouses and the like. It is also suitable for fabrics, bedding, handkerchiefs and the like.
<熱処理工程>
 本発明のインクジェット捺染方法は、更に、熱処理工程を含むことが好ましい。特に、布帛に印捺した後に、熱処理工程を行うことで、染料ポリマー粒子を溶融(もしくは軟化)させ、繊維との密着性を高めることができる(すなわち、熱処理することにより、溶融染着させることができる)。着色布は乾燥後、上記溶融染着させることを目的として熱処理を行うことが好ましく、加熱温度及び時間は染料ポリマーが溶融するのに十分であり、かつ、染料ポリマーが熱分解しない範囲を選択することが好ましい。通常100~200℃で30秒~3分間の熱処理を行うことがより好ましい。染料ポリマーのガラス転移温度が低ければ、上記範囲内で低温かつ短時間に所望の品質を有する着色布を得ることができる。また、染料ポリマーや添加剤に架橋性基や反応性基(例えば、ブロックイソシアネートやエポキシ基など)を有する場合には、この熱処理工程において染料ポリマーどうし、または染料ポリマーと布帛を架橋させ、堅牢性を更に向上させることができる。
<Heat treatment process>
The ink jet textile printing method of the present invention preferably further includes a heat treatment step. In particular, by performing a heat treatment step after printing on the fabric, the dye polymer particles can be melted (or softened) and the adhesion to the fibers can be improved (that is, heat-treated for melt dyeing). Can do). The colored cloth is preferably dried and then subjected to heat treatment for the purpose of melting and dyeing, and the heating temperature and time are selected so that the dye polymer is sufficient to melt and the dye polymer is not thermally decomposed. It is preferable. Usually, it is more preferable to perform heat treatment at 100 to 200 ° C. for 30 seconds to 3 minutes. If the glass transition temperature of the dye polymer is low, a colored cloth having a desired quality can be obtained at a low temperature within a short time within the above range. In addition, when the dye polymer or additive has a crosslinkable group or a reactive group (for example, blocked isocyanate, epoxy group, etc.), the dye polymer is cross-linked between the dye polymers or the fabric in this heat treatment step, and the fastness is obtained. Can be further improved.
<後処理>
 本発明の染料ポリマーの水分散体を含むインクジェットインクにより着色した布帛は、品質(風合い)や堅牢性(耐摩擦性)に優れるが、必要に応じて、着色布に後処理剤を全面にパディング処理することで、品質(風合い)や堅牢性(特に耐摩擦性)が、更に向上した着色布を得ることができる。柔軟化を目的とした後処理剤としては、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、非イオン系界面活性剤、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、アミノシリコーンオイル、カルボキシ変性シリコーンオイル、ヒドロキシ変性シリコーンオイル、脂肪酸、脂肪酸アマイド、鉱物油、植物油、動物油、可塑剤などが挙げられる。
 また、着色布表面のスベリ性を向上させる目的の後処理剤としては、金属石鹸、パラフィンワックス、カルナバワックス、マイクロスタリンワックス、ジメチルシリコーンオイル、アミノシリコーンオイル、カルボキシ変性シリコーンオイル、ヒドロキシ変性シリコーンオイルなどが挙げられる。
 パディング処理は、これらの後処理剤を水溶媒にミキサー撹拌により乳化、熱乳化、又は分散したものに、着色布を浸漬しマングル等で絞り乾燥、熱処理を加えて処理する。
 また、後処理剤中に固着剤として樹脂エマルジョンを少量配合することにより、着色布の耐摩擦性を向上させることができる。後処理剤に対しての配合量は5%未満が好ましく、これにより着色布の風合いの柔らかさが損なわれにくいため好ましい。
 後処理剤に固着剤として配合する樹脂エマルジョンとしては、特に限定するものではないが、アクリル酸エステル樹脂エマルジョン、ウレタン樹脂エマルジョン、エチレン・酢酸ビニル共重合樹脂(EVA樹脂)エマルジョン、シリコーン/アクリル樹脂エマルジョン、ポリエステル樹脂エマルジョンなどを用いることができ、着色布の風合いを柔らかくするために、これ等の樹脂エマルジョンのガラス転移点が0℃以下であることが好ましい。
<Post-processing>
The fabric colored with the ink-jet ink containing the aqueous dispersion of the dye polymer of the present invention is excellent in quality (texture) and fastness (friction resistance). By processing, a colored cloth having further improved quality (texture) and fastness (particularly friction resistance) can be obtained. Post-treatment agents for the purpose of softening include cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, nonionic surfactants, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, fatty acid , Fatty acid amide, mineral oil, vegetable oil, animal oil, plasticizer and the like.
Further, as a post-treatment agent for improving the smoothness of the colored fabric surface, metal soap, paraffin wax, carnauba wax, microstalline wax, dimethyl silicone oil, amino silicone oil, carboxy modified silicone oil, hydroxy modified silicone oil, etc. Is mentioned.
In the padding treatment, these post-treatment agents are emulsified, thermally emulsified, or dispersed in a water solvent by stirring with a mixer, and a colored cloth is immersed in the resulting mixture, followed by squeezing with a mangle or the like and applying heat treatment.
Moreover, the friction resistance of a colored cloth can be improved by mix | blending a small amount of resin emulsion as a fixing agent in a post-processing agent. The blending amount with respect to the post-treatment agent is preferably less than 5%, which is preferable because the softness of the texture of the colored fabric is not easily impaired.
The resin emulsion blended into the post-treatment agent as a sticking agent is not particularly limited, but is an acrylic ester resin emulsion, a urethane resin emulsion, an ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer resin (EVA resin) emulsion, a silicone / acrylic resin emulsion. Polyester resin emulsion or the like can be used, and in order to soften the texture of the colored cloth, the glass transition point of these resin emulsions is preferably 0 ° C. or lower.
 本発明のインクジェット捺染方法で製造した着色繊維製品は、風合い、洗濯堅牢性、摩擦堅牢性、捺染作業性の何れの特性においても、優れた効果を奏するので、本発明のインクジェット捺染方法、着色組成物、及びインクジェットインクには高い価値がある。 The colored fiber product produced by the inkjet printing method of the present invention exhibits excellent effects in any of the characteristics of texture, wash fastness, friction fastness, and printing workability. Therefore, the inkjet printing method and colored composition of the present invention Products and inkjet inks are of great value.
<着色布>
 本発明は、布帛と、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマー(染料ポリマー)とを含む着色布にも関する。
 布帛及び染料ポリマーは前述したとおりである。
 本発明の着色布は、前述の本発明のインクジェット捺染方法により布帛を捺染することで得ることができる。
<Colored cloth>
The present invention also relates to a colored fabric comprising a fabric and a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group (dye polymer).
The fabric and the dye polymer are as described above.
The colored cloth of the present invention can be obtained by printing the cloth by the above-described ink jet printing method of the present invention.
 以下、実施例を示して本発明を詳しく説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に何ら限定されるものではない。
 本願明細書の実施例において、特に断りのない限り、「部」は、「質量部」を表す。
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although an Example is shown and this invention is demonstrated in detail, this invention is not limited to these Examples at all.
In Examples of the present specification, “part” means “part by mass” unless otherwise specified.
(合成例1)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(1)〕
 例示化合物(Y-1-1)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 1)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1)]
Exemplary compound (Y-1-1) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
 三口フラスコにN-メチルピロリドン(NMP)16部を加え、窒素下、85℃に保持した。別途、染料単量体YM-1(特許5315267号公報記載の方法で合成)9.7部、ポリエチレングリコールモノアリルエーテルPEG-1(製品名:ユニオックスPKA-5005、日油(株)製、平均分子量1500)。0.3部、V-601(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.3部、NMP(N-メチルピロリドン)24部を混合し、混合液をフラスコに3時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、V-601 0.3部を添加し、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、95℃に昇温し、2時間撹拌した後、室温(20℃)まで冷却した。上記反応液に蒸留水500部を添加してポリマーを沈殿させ取り出した後、送風乾燥機で60℃、24時間乾燥させ、例示化合物(Y-1-1)を7.5部得た。例示化合物(Y-1-1)のテトラヒドロフラン(THF)希薄溶液中での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は441nmであった。また、GPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は8,000であった。DSC(示差走査熱測定)にて例示化合物(Y-1-1)のガラス転移温度を測定した結果、約160℃であることを確認した。なお、ポリエチレングリコールモノアリルエーテルPEG-1における繰り返し数33は、分子量1500として計算した値である。 16 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone (NMP) was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 9.7 parts of dye monomer YM-1 (synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 5315267), polyethylene glycol monoallyl ether PEG-1 (product name: UNIOX PKA-5005, manufactured by NOF Corporation) Average molecular weight 1500). 0.3 part, 0.3 part of V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name) and 24 parts of NMP (N-methylpyrrolidone) were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.3 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 95 ° C., stirred for 2 hours, and then cooled to room temperature (20 ° C.). 500 parts of distilled water was added to the reaction solution to precipitate and remove the polymer, followed by drying with an air dryer at 60 ° C. for 24 hours to obtain 7.5 parts of exemplary compound (Y-1-1). The absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum in a dilute solution of Exemplified Compound (Y-1-1) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) was 441 nm. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in GPC measurement was 8,000. As a result of measuring the glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (Y-1-1) by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry), it was confirmed to be about 160 ° C. The number of repetitions 33 in polyethylene glycol monoallyl ether PEG-1 is a value calculated as a molecular weight of 1500.
 例示化合物(Y-1-1) 0.25部、ジルコニアビーズ(ニッカトー製、商品名YTZボール、直径0.1μm)10部、オレイン酸ナトリウム0.05部、グリセリン0.5部、超純水4.2部を加え、遊星型微粒粉砕機(フリッチュ製Pulverlsette7)を用いて、回転数400rpm(revolution per minute)で、10時間分散させた。得られた分散液から、ろ布を用いてジルコニアビーズを除き、更にフィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(1)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は130nmであった。 Illustrative compound (Y-1-1) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 μm) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm (revolution per minute) using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (1). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 130 nm.
(合成例2)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(2)〕
 例示化合物(Y-2-2)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 2)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (2)]
Exemplary compound (Y-2-2) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 三口フラスコにNMP16部を加え、窒素下、85℃に保持した。別途、染料単量体YM-1(特許5315267号公報記載の方法で合成)7.0部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-1(アルドリッチ社製、平均分子量2000)3.0部、V-601(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.1部、NMP24部を混合し、混合液をフラスコに3時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、V-601 0.1部を添加し、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、95℃に昇温し、2時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却した。上記反応液に蒸留水500部を添加してポリマーを沈殿させ取り出した後、送風乾燥機で60℃、24時間乾燥させ、例示化合物(Y-2-2)を7.9部得た。(例示化合物)Y-2-2のTHF希薄溶液中での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は442nmであった。また、GPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は25,000であった。DSC(示差走査熱測定)にて例示化合物(Y-2-2)のガラス転移温度を測定した結果、約120℃であることを確認した。メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-1における繰り返し数45は、分子量2000として計算した値である。 16 parts of NMP was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 7.0 parts of dye monomer YM-1 (synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 5315267), 3.0 parts of methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-1 (manufactured by Aldrich, average molecular weight 2000), V-601 ( Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., trade name) 0.1 parts and NMP 24 parts were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 95 ° C., stirred for 2 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. 500 parts of distilled water was added to the reaction solution to precipitate the polymer, and the polymer was then taken out and dried at 60 ° C. for 24 hours with a blast dryer to obtain 7.9 parts of exemplary compound (Y-2-2). (Exemplary Compound) The maximum absorption wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum in a dilute solution of Y-2-2 in THF was 442 nm. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in GPC measurement was 25,000. As a result of measuring the glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (Y-2-2) by DSC (differential scanning calorimetry), it was confirmed to be about 120 ° C. The number of repetitions 45 in methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-1 is a value calculated as a molecular weight of 2000.
 例示化合物(Y-2-2) 0.25部、ジルコニアビーズ(ニッカトー製、商品名YTZボール、直径0.1μm)10部、オレイン酸ナトリウム0.05部、グリセリン0.5部、超純水4.2部を加え、遊星型微粒粉砕機(フリッチュ製Pulverlsette7)を用いて、回転数400rpmで、10時間分散させた。得られた分散液から、ろ布を用いてジルコニアビーズを除き、更にフィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(2)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は90nmであった。 Illustrative compound (Y-2-2) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 μm) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were further removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (2). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 90 nm.
(合成例3)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(3)〕
 例示化合物(Y-3-2)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 3)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (3)]
The exemplified compound (Y-3-2) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 三口フラスコに染料単量体YM-1(特許5315267号公報記載の方法で合成)6.0部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-2(製品名:ブレンマーPME-1000、日油(株)製、平均分子量1000)2.0部、アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル2.0部、MEK(メチルエチルケトン)8部、THF8部を入れ、窒素下、65℃に保持した。V-65(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.1部を添加し、2時間撹拌した。その後、V-65 0.1部を添加し2時間撹拌し、更にV-65 0.1部を添加し2時間撹拌した。その後、65℃で4時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却し、例示化合物(Y-3-2)のMEK/THF溶液を得た。例示化合物(Y-3-2)のTHF希薄溶液中での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は442nmであった。また、GPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は22,000であった。DSC(示差走査熱測定)にて例示化合物(Y-3-2)のガラス転移温度を測定した結果、約60℃であることを確認した。メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-2における繰り返し数23は、分子量1000として計算した値である。 In a three-necked flask, dye monomer YM-1 (synthesized by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 5315267) 6.0 parts, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: Bremer PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation, average) 2.0 parts of molecular weight 1000), 2.0 parts of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, 8 parts of MEK (methyl ethyl ketone) and 8 parts of THF were added and kept at 65 ° C. under nitrogen. 0.1 part of V-65 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added and stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 part of V-65 was added and stirred for 2 hours, and further 0.1 part of V-65 was added and stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C. for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a MEK / THF solution of Exemplified Compound (Y-3-2). The absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum of the exemplified compound (Y-3-2) in a dilute THF solution was 442 nm. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in GPC measurement was 22,000. As a result of measuring the glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (Y-3-2) by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry), it was confirmed to be about 60 ° C. The number of repetitions 23 in methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 is a value calculated as a molecular weight of 1000.
 上記例示化合物(Y-3-2)のMEK/THF溶液20部、MEK10部、超純水35部を混合し、更に14000rpmで12分撹拌した後、50℃、100mbarで有機溶媒を留去した。フィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(3)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は120nmであった。なお、1mbarは、100Paである。 20 parts of MEK / THF solution of the above exemplified compound (Y-3-2), 10 parts of MEK, and 35 parts of ultrapure water were mixed and further stirred at 14000 rpm for 12 minutes, and then the organic solvent was distilled off at 50 ° C. and 100 mbar. . The coarse particles were removed with a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (3). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 120 nm. Note that 1 mbar is 100 Pa.
(合成例4)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(4)〕
 例示化合物(R-1-2)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 4)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (4)]
Exemplary compound (R-1-2) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 三口フラスコにMEK8部、THF8部を入れ、窒素下、65℃に保持した。別途、染料単量体RDW R-13(和光純薬工業、商品名)8.0部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-3(製品名:ブレンマーPME-4000、日油(株)製、平均分子量4000)2.0部、V-65(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.15部、MEK12部、THF12部を混合し、混合液を2時間かけてフラスコに滴下した。滴下後、2時間撹拌し、V-65(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.15部を添加し、2時間撹拌した。その後、更にV-65 0.15部を添加し2時間撹拌した。その後、65℃で4時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却し、例示化合物(R-1-2)のMEK/THF溶液を得た。例示化合物(R-1-2)のTHF希薄溶液中での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は562nmであった。また、GPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は21,000であった。DSC(示差走査熱測定)にて例示化合物(R-1-2)のガラス転移温度を測定した結果、約140℃であることを確認した。メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-3における繰り返し数90は、分子量4000として計算した値である。 In a three-necked flask, 8 parts of MEK and 8 parts of THF were placed, and kept at 65 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, dye monomer RDW R-13 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, trade name) 8.0 parts, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-3 (product name: Blemmer PME-4000, manufactured by NOF Corporation, average molecular weight 4000) ) 2.0 parts, V-65 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 0.15 parts), MEK 12 parts, and THF 12 parts were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 2 hours. After dropping, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours, 0.15 part of V-65 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.15 part of V-65 was further added and stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C. for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a MEK / THF solution of Exemplified Compound (R-1-2). The absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum of the exemplified compound (R-1-2) in a dilute THF solution was 562 nm. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in GPC measurement was 21,000. As a result of measuring the glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (R-1-2) by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry), it was confirmed to be about 140 ° C. The repeat number 90 in methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-3 is a value calculated as a molecular weight of 4000.
 上記例示化合物(R-1-2)のMEK/THF溶液20部、MEK10部、超純水35部を混合し、更に14000rpmで12分撹拌した後、50℃、100mbarで有機溶媒を留去した。フィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(4)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は160nmであった。 20 parts of MEK / THF solution of the above exemplified compound (R-1-2), 10 parts of MEK, and 35 parts of ultrapure water were mixed and further stirred at 14000 rpm for 12 minutes, and then the organic solvent was distilled off at 50 ° C. and 100 mbar. . The coarse particles were removed with a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (4). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 160 nm.
(合成例5)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(5)〕
 例示化合物(B-1-2)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 5)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (5)]
Exemplary compound (B-1-2) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 三口フラスコにMEK8部、THF8部を入れ、窒素下、65℃に保持した。別途、染料単量体BM-1(特開2016-75845号公報記載の方法で合成)6.0部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-2(製品名:ブレンマーPME-1000、日油(株)製、平均分子量1000)2.0部、アクリル酸ブチル2.0部、V-65(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.1部、MEK12部、THF12部を混合し、混合液を2時間かけてフラスコに滴下した。滴下後、2時間撹拌し、V-65(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.1部を添加し、2時間撹拌した。その後、更にV-65 0.1部を添加し2時間撹拌した。その後、65℃で4時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却し、例示化合物(B-1-2)のMEK/THF溶液を得た。例示化合物(B-1-2)のGPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は22,000であった。また、DSC(示差走査熱測定)にて例示化合物(B-1-2)のガラス転移温度を測定した結果、約90℃であることを確認した。
 上記例示化合物(B-1-2)のMEK/THF溶液20部、MEK10部、超純水35部を混合し、更に14000rpmで12分撹拌した後、50℃、100mbarで有機溶媒を留去した。フィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(5)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は150nmであった。
In a three-necked flask, 8 parts of MEK and 8 parts of THF were placed, and kept at 65 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, dye monomer BM-1 (synthesized by the method described in JP-A-2016-75845) 6.0 parts, methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: BLEMMER PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation) , Average molecular weight 1000) 2.0 parts, butyl acrylate 2.0 parts, V-65 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd., 0.1 part), MEK 12 parts, THF 12 parts, and the mixed solution for 2 hours Over the flask. After dropping, the mixture was stirred for 2 hours, 0.1 part of V-65 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 part of V-65 was further added and stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 65 ° C. for 4 hours and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a MEK / THF solution of Exemplified Compound (B-1-2). The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the exemplified compound (B-1-2) as measured by GPC was 22,000. Further, the glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (B-1-2) was measured by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry), and as a result, it was confirmed to be about 90 ° C.
20 parts of MEK / THF solution of the above exemplified compound (B-1-2), 10 parts of MEK, and 35 parts of ultrapure water were mixed and further stirred at 14000 rpm for 12 minutes, and then the organic solvent was distilled off at 50 ° C. and 100 mbar. . The coarse particles were removed with a filter to obtain a dye polymer aqueous dispersion (5). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 150 nm.
(合成例6)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(6)〕
 例示化合物(R-2-1)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 6)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (6)]
Exemplary compound (R-2-1) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 三口フラスコにNMP16部を加え、窒素下、85℃に保持した。別途、染料単量体RM-1(ケミカルアブストラクト84巻19172頁に記載に準じて合成)8.5部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-1(アルドリッチ社製、平均分子量2000)1.5部、V-601(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.1部、NMP24部を混合し、混合液をフラスコに3時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、V-601 0.1部を添加し、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、95℃に昇温し、2時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却した。上記反応液に蒸留水500部を添加してポリマーを沈殿させ取り出した後、送風乾燥機で60℃、24時間乾燥させ、例示化合物(R-2-1)を8.1部得た。例示化合物(R-2-1)のTHF希薄溶液中での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は542nmであった。また、GPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は12,000であった。DSC(示差走査熱測定)での例示化合物(R-2-1)のガラス転移温度は約170℃であった。 16 parts of NMP was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 8.5 parts of dye monomer RM-1 (synthesized as described in Chemical Abstract 84, page 19172), 1.5 parts of methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-1 (Aldrich, average molecular weight 2000), V -601 (product name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 0.1 part and NMP 24 part were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.1 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 95 ° C., stirred for 2 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. 500 parts of distilled water was added to the reaction solution to precipitate the polymer, and the polymer was then taken out and dried at 60 ° C. for 24 hours with an air dryer to obtain 8.1 parts of exemplary compound (R-2-1). The absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum of the exemplified compound (R-2-1) in a dilute THF solution was 542 nm. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in GPC measurement was 12,000. The glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (R-2-1) by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry) was about 170 ° C.
 例示化合物(R-2-1) 0.25部、ジルコニアビーズ(ニッカトー製、商品名YTZボール、直径0.1μm)10部、オレイン酸ナトリウム0.05部、グリセリン0.5部、超純水4.2部を加え、遊星型微粒粉砕機(フリッチュ製Pulverlsette7)を用いて、回転数400rpmで、10時間分散させた。得られた分散液から、ろ布を用いてジルコニアビーズを除き、更にフィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(6)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は130nmであった。 Illustrative compound (R-2-1) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (made by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 μm) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were further removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (6). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 130 nm.
(合成例7)
 〔染料ポリマー水分散液(7)〕
 例示化合物(D-1-2)は以下のスキームにより合成した。
(Synthesis Example 7)
[Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (7)]
Exemplary compound (D-1-2) was synthesized according to the following scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 三口フラスコにNMP16部を加え、窒素下、85℃に保持した。別途、染料単量体D-1(US2011/0149128記載の方法で合成)7.0部、メトキシポリエチレングリコールメタクリレートMPG-2(製品名:ブレンマーPME-1000、日油(株)製、平均分子量1000)3.0部、V-601(和光純薬工業製、商品名)0.15部、NMP24部を混合し、混合液をフラスコに3時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、V-601 0.15部を添加し、更に2時間撹拌した。その後、95℃に昇温し、2時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却した。上記反応液に蒸留水500部を添加してポリマーを沈殿させ取り出した後、送風乾燥機で60℃、24時間乾燥させ、例示化合物(D-1-2)を8.0部得た。例示化合物(D-1-2)のNMP希薄溶液中での紫外可視吸収スペクトルの吸収極大波長は671nmであった。また、GPC測定での重量平均分子量(Mw)は9,000であった。DSC(示差走査熱測定)での例示化合物(D-1-2)のガラス転移温度は約150℃であった。 16 parts of NMP was added to a three-necked flask and kept at 85 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, 7.0 parts of dye monomer D-1 (synthesized by the method described in US2011 / 0149128), methoxypolyethylene glycol methacrylate MPG-2 (product name: Blemmer PME-1000, manufactured by NOF Corporation, average molecular weight 1000) ) 3.0 parts, V-601 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 0.15 parts and NMP 24 parts were mixed, and the mixture was added dropwise to the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, 0.15 part of V-601 was added and further stirred for 2 hours. Thereafter, the temperature was raised to 95 ° C., stirred for 2 hours, and then cooled to room temperature. 500 parts of distilled water was added to the reaction solution to precipitate the polymer, which was then taken out by an air dryer at 60 ° C. for 24 hours to obtain 8.0 parts of exemplary compound (D-1-2). The absorption maximum wavelength of the ultraviolet-visible absorption spectrum of the exemplified compound (D-1-2) in a dilute NMP solution was 671 nm. Moreover, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in GPC measurement was 9,000. The glass transition temperature of Exemplified Compound (D-1-2) by DSC (Differential Scanning Calorimetry) was about 150 ° C.
 例示化合物(D-1-2) 0.25部、ジルコニアビーズ(ニッカトー製、商品名YTZボール、直径0.1μm)10部、オレイン酸ナトリウム0.05部、グリセリン0.5部、超純水4.2部を加え、遊星型微粒粉砕機(フリッチュ製Pulverlsette7)を用いて、回転数400rpmで、10時間分散させた。得られた分散液から、ろ布を用いてジルコニアビーズを除き、更にフィルターで粗大粒子を除き、染料ポリマー水分散液(7)を得た。ポリマー粒子の平均粒子径(Mv)は120nmであった。 Illustrative compound (D-1-2) 0.25 parts, zirconia beads (manufactured by Nikkato, trade name YTZ ball, diameter 0.1 μm) 10 parts, sodium oleate 0.05 parts, glycerin 0.5 parts, ultrapure water 4.2 parts were added, and the mixture was dispersed for 10 hours at a rotation speed of 400 rpm using a planetary fine pulverizer (Pulversette 7 manufactured by Fritsch). From the obtained dispersion, zirconia beads were removed using a filter cloth, and coarse particles were further removed using a filter to obtain an aqueous dye polymer dispersion (7). The average particle diameter (Mv) of the polymer particles was 120 nm.
(実施例1)
 〔インクジェット捺染用インク液(A1)の作成〕
 以下の成分を、室温で混合し、15分間撹拌したのちに、フィルター(平均孔径0.8μm)でろ過して、インクジェット捺染用インク(A1)を調製した。
 染料ポリマー水分散液(1)                3.0部
 トリメチロールプロパン                0.058部
 超純水                        0.899部
 1,2-ヘキサンジオール               0.118部
 グリセリン                      0.580部
 トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル       0.121部
 2-ピロリドン                    0.159部
 プロピレングリコール                 0.042部
 サーフィノール465(日信化学工業製、商品名)    0.056部
Example 1
[Preparation of ink liquid for ink jet textile printing (A1)]
The following components were mixed at room temperature, stirred for 15 minutes, and then filtered through a filter (average pore size 0.8 μm) to prepare ink for inkjet printing (A1).
Dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1) 3.0 parts Trimethylolpropane 0.058 parts Ultrapure water 0.899 parts 1,2-hexanediol 0.118 parts Glycerin 0.580 parts Triethylene glycol monobutyl ether 0.121 parts 2-Pyrrolidone 0.159 parts Propylene glycol 0.042 parts Surfinol 465 (trade name, manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry) 0.056 parts
〔インクジェット捺染方法〕
 インクジェット捺染用インク(A1)を、インクカートリッジに装填し、インクジェットプリンタ(エプソン製カラリオPX-045A、商品名)を用いて、ポリエステル布帛(ポリエステルトロピカル(帝人製)、色染社製、商品コードA02-01019)、コットン布帛(綿ブロードシル付、色染社製、商品コードA02-01002)、及びポリエステル65%コットン35%混紡(混紡ポリエステル65/綿35ブロード、色染社製、商品コードA02-01030)にそれぞれ画像を印捺し、室温で12時間乾燥させた。乾燥後、ヒートプレス(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、商品名:卓上自動平プレス機AF-54TEN型)を用いて、180℃、圧力0.20N/cm、時間60秒間、熱処理を行うことで、にじみのない鮮明な画像を得た。
[Inkjet printing method]
Ink for ink-jet textile printing (A1) is loaded into an ink cartridge, and an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A manufactured by Epson, product name) is used to make a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), manufactured by Color & Color Co., Ltd., product code A02. -01019), cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01002), and polyester 65% cotton 35% mixed spinning (Blend Polyester 65 / Cotton 35 Broad, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-) Each image was printed on 01030) and dried at room temperature for 12 hours. After drying, heat treatment is performed using a heat press (manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type) at 180 ° C., pressure 0.20 N / cm 2 for 60 seconds. A clear image without blurring was obtained.
(実施例2~7)
 染料ポリマー水分散液(1)を、染料ポリマー水分散液(2)~(7)に変更した以外はインクジェット捺染用インク(A1)と同様にしてインクジェット捺染用インク(A2)~(A7)を調製した。
(Examples 2 to 7)
Inkjet textile printing inks (A2) to (A7) were prepared in the same manner as inkjet textile printing ink (A1) except that dye polymer aqueous dispersion (1) was changed to dye polymer aqueous dispersions (2) to (7). Prepared.
(比較例1)昇華転写捺染
 昇華転写捺染プリンタSureColor F6000(セイコーエプソン社製、商品名)を用いて、転写紙に画像を印刷した後に、ポリエステル布帛(ポリエステルトロピカル(帝人製)、色染社製、商品コードA02-01019)、コットン布帛(綿ブロードシル付、色染社製、商品コードA02-01002)、及びポリエステル65%コットン35%混紡(混紡ポリエステル65/綿35ブロード、色染社製、商品コードA02-01030)にそれぞれ画像を印捺し、室温で12時間乾燥させた。乾燥後、ヒートプレス(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、商品名:卓上自動平プレス機AF-54TEN型)を用いて、温度200℃、圧力0.20N/cm、時間60秒間、熱処理を行うことで、転写された画像を得た。ポリエステル布帛に関しては鮮明な画像が得られたが、ポリエステル65%コットン35%混紡においては、鮮明ではあるものの染色濃度の低い画像が得られ、またコットン布帛においては、非常にぼやけた画像が得られた。
(Comparative Example 1) Sublimation transfer printing After printing an image on transfer paper using a sublimation transfer printing printer SureColor F6000 (trade name, manufactured by Seiko Epson Corporation), a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (made by Teijin), manufactured by Color dyeing company) , Product code A02-01019), cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dye Co., product code A02-01002), and 65% polyester 35% cotton blend (mixed-spun polyester 65/35 cotton broad, manufactured by Color Dye Co., Ltd.) An image was printed on each of product codes A02-01030) and dried at room temperature for 12 hours. After drying, heat treatment is performed using a heat press (manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type) at a temperature of 200 ° C., a pressure of 0.20 N / cm 2 , and a time of 60 seconds. Thus, a transferred image was obtained. A clear image was obtained for the polyester fabric, but a 35% polyester 65% cotton blend produced a clear but low dyeing density image, and a cotton fabric gave a very blurred image. It was.
(比較例2)顔料を用いたインクジェット方式の着色
 (顔料分散液の調製)
 スチレン-アクリル酸共重合体(ジョンクリル678、BASF製、商品名)3部、ジメチルアミノエタノール1.3部、イオン交換水80.7部を70℃で撹拌し混合した。次いで、C.I.ピグメントブルー15:3を15部、粒径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズを体積率で50%充填し、サンドグラインダーミルを用いて分散し、シアン顔料の含有量が15%の顔料分散液を得た。
(Comparative Example 2) Coloring by inkjet method using pigment (Preparation of pigment dispersion)
3 parts of a styrene-acrylic acid copolymer (Johncrill 678, manufactured by BASF, trade name), 1.3 parts of dimethylaminoethanol, and 80.7 parts of ion-exchanged water were stirred and mixed at 70 ° C. Next, C.I. I. 15 parts of Pigment Blue 15: 3 and 50% by volume of zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 0.5 mm were filled by 50% and dispersed using a sand grinder mill to obtain a pigment dispersion having a cyan pigment content of 15%. .
 (水性バインダーの調製)
 三口フラスコにMEK50部を入れ、窒素下、75℃に保持した。別途、メタクリル酸ブチル80部、アクリル酸20部、MEK50部、アゾイソブチロニトリル0.5部の混合物を3時間かけてフラスコに滴下した。滴下後、5時間加熱還流し、室温まで冷却し、減圧加熱することで重合物の残渣を得た。そこへイオン交換水350部、モノマーとして添加したアクリル酸の1.05倍モルの水酸化ナトリウムを加えて溶解させた。全量が500部となるようにイオン交換水で希釈し、水性バインダーの20%水溶液を得た。
(Preparation of aqueous binder)
50 parts of MEK was placed in a three-necked flask and kept at 75 ° C. under nitrogen. Separately, a mixture of 80 parts of butyl methacrylate, 20 parts of acrylic acid, 50 parts of MEK, and 0.5 part of azoisobutyronitrile was dropped into the flask over 3 hours. After dropping, the mixture was heated to reflux for 5 hours, cooled to room temperature, and heated under reduced pressure to obtain a polymer residue. Thereto was added 350 parts of ion-exchanged water and 1.05 moles of sodium hydroxide of acrylic acid added as a monomer and dissolved therein. Dilution with ion-exchanged water was performed so that the total amount became 500 parts to obtain a 20% aqueous solution of an aqueous binder.
 (顔料インクの調製、及びインクジェット方式の着色)
 上記顔料分散液46.6部、上記水性バインダー15部、PDX-7664A(BASF社製、商品名)2.9部、トリエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル10部、1,2-ヘキサンジオール5部、ジエチレングリコール11.2部、オルフィン465(日信化学工業製、商品名)0.6部を混合し、ここへイオン交換水を加えて全量を100部に調製し、0.8μmのフィルターでろ過して比較用の顔料インクを得た。
 得られた顔料インクを、インクカートリッジに装填し、インクジェットプリンタ(エプソン製カラリオPX-045A、商品名)を用いて、ポリエステル布帛(ポリエステルトロピカル(帝人製)、色染社製、商品コードA02-01019)、コットン布帛(綿ブロードシル付、色染社製、商品コードA02-01002)、及びポリエステル65%コットン35%混紡(混紡ポリエステル65/綿35ブロード、色染社製、商品コードA02-01030)にそれぞれ画像を印捺し、室温で12時間乾燥させた。乾燥後、ヒートプレス(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、商品名:卓上自動平プレス機AF-54TEN型)を用いて、温度200℃、圧力0.20N/cm、時間60秒間、熱処理を行うことで、顔料インクで印刷した着色布を得た。
(Preparation of pigment ink and coloring by inkjet method)
46.6 parts of the above pigment dispersion, 15 parts of the above aqueous binder, 2.9 parts of PDX-7664A (trade name, manufactured by BASF), 10 parts of triethylene glycol monobutyl ether, 5 parts of 1,2-hexanediol, 11 of diethylene glycol 11 .2 parts, Olfin 465 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 0.6 part) is mixed, and ion-exchanged water is added thereto to prepare a total amount of 100 parts, followed by filtration through a 0.8 μm filter for comparison. Pigment ink was obtained.
The obtained pigment ink is loaded into an ink cartridge, and an ink-jet printer (Calario PX-045A manufactured by Epson, product name) is used to fabricate a polyester fabric (polyester tropical (manufactured by Teijin), manufactured by Color & Color Co., Ltd., product code A02-01019. ), Cotton fabric (with cotton broad sill, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01002), and polyester 65% cotton 35% blended yarn (blended polyester 65 / cotton 35 broad, manufactured by Color Dyeing Co., Ltd., product code A02-01030) Images were printed on each and dried at room temperature for 12 hours. After drying, heat treatment is performed using a heat press (manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd., trade name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type) at a temperature of 200 ° C., a pressure of 0.20 N / cm 2 , and a time of 60 seconds. Thus, a colored cloth printed with the pigment ink was obtained.
 上記実施例1~7、比較例1及び2の評価結果を表1に示す。なお着色布の評価は以下の方法で実施した結果である。風合い及び湿摩擦堅牢度の評価では、3種類布帛のうち、コットン布帛を使用した。
(画像鮮明性)
 目視による官能評価を行った。3種類の布帛とも鮮明な場合をA、2種類で鮮明な場合をB、1種類のみ鮮明な場合をC、鮮明な画像なしをDの4段階で評価した。
(風合い)
 染色前の未処理布と、染色後の着色布とを手で触り、着色布の風合いを官能評価した。着色布の風合いが未処理布に近い優れたものを10点、それ以外を0点とし、この評価を10人で行い、その総点の数値を下記表1に記載した。数値が大きい方が未処理布(100(点))に近い優れた風合いであることを示す。
(湿摩擦堅牢度)
 JIS L-0849(2013年改訂) 学振型摩擦試験(5級法)に基づいて評価した。数値が大きい方が堅牢性に優れることを示す。
The evaluation results of Examples 1 to 7 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 are shown in Table 1. The evaluation of the colored fabric is the result of the following method. Of the three types of fabrics, cotton fabrics were used in the evaluation of the texture and fastness to wet friction.
(Image clarity)
Visual sensory evaluation was performed. The three types of fabrics were evaluated in four stages: A for the case of clearness, B for the case of clearness with two types, C for the case of only one type, and D for no clear image.
(Texture)
The untreated cloth before dyeing and the colored cloth after dyeing were touched by hand, and the texture of the colored cloth was subjected to sensory evaluation. 10 points were assigned to the fabrics with the texture of the colored fabric that was close to that of the untreated fabrics, and 0 points were assigned to the other. The total score was shown in Table 1 below. A larger numerical value indicates an excellent texture close to the untreated cloth (100 (points)).
(Wet friction fastness)
JIS L-0849 (revised in 2013) The evaluation was made based on the Gakushin type friction test (class 5 method). Larger values indicate better robustness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
(実施例8)
 ワッカーフィニッシュCT-14(ワッカー社製、商品名)5部、マツミンゾールMR50(松井色素株式会社製、商品名)3部を水92部に撹拌混合し、後処理剤を得た。
 実施例2と同様にインクジェット法にて画像を印捺した後に、上記後処理剤をパディングし、直ちにマングルを用いてピックアップ率70%で絞り、乾燥機にて100℃に乾燥した後に、乾燥後、ヒートプレス(アサヒ繊維機械株式会社製、商品名:卓上自動平プレス機AF-54TEN型)を用いて、温度150℃、圧力0.20N/cm、時間60秒間、熱処理を行うことで、にじみのない鮮明な画像を得た。
 評価の結果、画像鮮明性A、風合い90、湿摩擦堅牢度3~4級であった。
(Example 8)
5 parts of Wacker Finish CT-14 (manufactured by Wacker, trade name) and 3 parts of Matsuminsol MR50 (manufactured by Matsui Dye Co., Ltd., trade name) were stirred and mixed in 92 parts of water to obtain a post-treatment agent.
After printing an image by the inkjet method in the same manner as in Example 2, the post-treatment agent was padded, immediately squeezed with a mangle at a pickup rate of 70%, dried at 100 ° C. with a dryer, and then dried. By performing heat treatment using a heat press (product name: desktop automatic flat press machine AF-54TEN type, manufactured by Asahi Textile Machinery Co., Ltd.) at a temperature of 150 ° C., a pressure of 0.20 N / cm 2 , and a time of 60 seconds, A clear image without blur was obtained.
As a result of the evaluation, the image sharpness A, the texture 90, and the fastness to wet friction were grades 3 to 4.
 上記結果から明らかなように、本発明の実施例によるインクジェット捺染方法により、生地汎用性(各種生地で鮮明な画像を与える)を有し、かつ良好な風合い、湿摩擦堅牢度を有する染色布を与えることがわかる。また、本発明の実施例によるインクジェット捺染方法では廃水、廃材が出ないため環境負荷に優れ、作業性に問題がない。 As is apparent from the above results, dyed fabrics having fabric versatility (giving clear images on various fabrics), good texture and fastness to wet friction are obtained by the inkjet printing method according to the embodiments of the present invention. I know you give it. In addition, in the inkjet printing method according to the embodiment of the present invention, waste water and waste materials are not generated, so that the environmental load is excellent and there is no problem in workability.
 本発明によれば、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷に優れ、作業性に問題がなく、得られる画像の鮮明性及び堅牢性に優れ、かつ着色布の品質(風合い)にも優れた、インクジェット捺染方法を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、様々な種類の布帛を染色することができ、環境負荷に優れ、作業性に問題がなく、鮮明性及び堅牢性に優れた画像並びに品質(風合い)に優れた着色布を提供することができるインクジェットインク、及びインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ、並びに上記着色布を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, various kinds of fabrics can be dyed, excellent in environmental load, no problem in workability, excellent in sharpness and fastness of the obtained image, and quality (texture) of the colored fabric. In addition, it is possible to provide an ink jet textile printing method which is excellent. In addition, according to the present invention, various types of fabrics can be dyed, the environmental load is excellent, there is no problem in workability, and the image is excellent in sharpness and fastness, and the color is excellent in quality (texture). Ink-jet ink that can provide a cloth, an ink cartridge filled with the ink-jet ink, and the colored cloth can be provided.
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2017年2月24日出願の日本特許出願(特願2017-34065)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on Feb. 24, 2017 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-34065), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (17)

  1.  染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーの水分散体を含むインクジェットインクを、インクジェット方式で布帛に直接印捺する工程を有するインクジェット捺染方法。 Inkjet printing method comprising a step of directly printing an ink-jet ink comprising a water dispersion of a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group on a fabric by an inkjet method .
  2.  更に、熱処理工程を含む、請求項1に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。 The inkjet printing method according to claim 1, further comprising a heat treatment step.
  3.  前記インクジェットインクが、更に、水性有機溶剤を含む、請求項1又は2に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。 The inkjet printing method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the inkjet ink further contains an aqueous organic solvent.
  4.  前記非イオン性親水性基が下記一般式(A)で表される基である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     
     一般式(A)中、n1は、5~150の整数を表す。
    The inkjet printing method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the nonionic hydrophilic group is a group represented by the following general formula (A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001


    In general formula (A), n1 represents an integer of 5 to 150.
  5.  前記染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     
     一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。
    The inkjet printing method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the repeating unit containing a structure derived from the dye is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002


    In General Formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  6.  前記一般式(1)中のDが下記一般式(M1)~(M8)のいずれかで表される染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す、請求項5に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     
     一般式(M1)中、R101~R110は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     一般式(M2)中、R201~R215は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X201は一価の陰イオンを表し、n201は0又は1を表す。 
     一般式(M3)中、R301~R317は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X301は一価の陰イオンを表し、n301は0又は1を表す。
     一般式(M4)中、R402~R407は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar401は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、前記フェニル基、前記ナフチル基、又は前記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
     一般式(M5)中、R501~R508は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     一般式(M6)中、R601~R603は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar601は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、前記フェニル基、前記ナフチル基、又は前記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
     一般式(M7)中、R701~R706は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     一般式(M8)中、R811~R818及びR821~R828は、各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    6. D 1 in the general formula (1) represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M8). Inkjet printing method.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003


    In general formula (M1), R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    In general formula (M2), R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
    In general formula (M3), R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
    In general formula (M4), R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
    In general formula (M5), R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    In general formula (M6), R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
    In general formula (M7), R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    In general formula (M8), R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  7.  前記ポリマーのガラス転移温度が100℃以下である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェット捺染方法。 The inkjet printing method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the polymer has a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C or lower.
  8.  染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーの水分散体を含む捺染用のインクジェットインク。 An inkjet ink for textile printing comprising a polymer aqueous dispersion having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
  9.  前記非イオン性親水性基が下記一般式(A)で表される基である、請求項8に記載のインクジェットインク。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     
     一般式(A)中、n1は、5~150の整数を表す。
    The inkjet ink according to claim 8, wherein the nonionic hydrophilic group is a group represented by the following general formula (A).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004


    In general formula (A), n1 represents an integer of 5 to 150.
  10.  前記染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項8又は9に記載のインクジェットインク。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

     
     一般式(1)中、Xは連結基を表し、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Dは染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す。
    The inkjet ink according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the repeating unit including a structure derived from the dye is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005


    In General Formula (1), X 1 represents a linking group, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and D 1 represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye.
  11.  前記一般式(1)中のDが下記一般式(M1)~(M8)のいずれかで表される染料から任意の水素原子を1個取り除いた染料残基を表す、請求項10に記載のインクジェットインク。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

     
     一般式(M1)中、R101~R110は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     一般式(M2)中、R201~R215は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X201は一価の陰イオンを表し、n201は0又は1を表す。 
     一般式(M3)中、R301~R317は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、X301は一価の陰イオンを表し、n301は0又は1を表す。
     一般式(M4)中、R402~R407は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar401は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、前記フェニル基、前記ナフチル基、又は前記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
     一般式(M5)中、R501~R508は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     一般式(M6)中、R601~R603は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar601は、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又はヘテロ環基を表し、前記フェニル基、前記ナフチル基、又は前記ヘテロ環基は更に置換基を有しても良い。
     一般式(M7)中、R701~R706は各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
     一般式(M8)中、R811~R818及びR821~R828は、各々独立に水素原子又は置換基を表す。
    The D 1 in the general formula (1) represents a dye residue obtained by removing one arbitrary hydrogen atom from a dye represented by any one of the following general formulas (M1) to (M8). Inkjet ink.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006


    In general formula (M1), R 101 to R 110 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    In general formula (M2), R 201 to R 215 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 201 represents a monovalent anion, and n201 represents 0 or 1.
    In general formula (M3), R 301 to R 317 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, X 301 represents a monovalent anion, and n301 represents 0 or 1.
    In general formula (M4), R 402 to R 407 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 401 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
    In general formula (M5), R 501 to R 508 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    In general formula (M6), R 601 to R 603 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 601 represents a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and the phenyl group, the naphthyl group, or The heterocyclic group may further have a substituent.
    In general formula (M7), R 701 to R 706 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    In general formula (M8), R 811 to R 818 and R 821 to R 828 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  12.  前記ポリマーのガラス転移温度が100℃以下である、請求項8~11のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。 The inkjet ink according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the glass transition temperature of the polymer is 100 ° C or lower.
  13.  更に、水性有機溶剤を含む、請求項8~12のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。 The inkjet ink according to any one of claims 8 to 12, further comprising an aqueous organic solvent.
  14.  前記ポリマーの水分散体における前記ポリマーが粒子状のポリマーであり、前記粒子状のポリマーの平均粒子径が50~500nmである、請求項8~13のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。 The inkjet ink according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein the polymer in the aqueous dispersion of the polymer is a particulate polymer, and the average particle diameter of the particulate polymer is 50 to 500 nm.
  15.  前記ポリマーの重量平均分子量が3,000~2,000,000である、請求項8~13のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインク。 The inkjet ink according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein the polymer has a weight average molecular weight of 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  16.  請求項8~15のいずれか1項に記載のインクジェットインクを充填したインクカートリッジ。 An ink cartridge filled with the inkjet ink according to any one of claims 8 to 15.
  17.  布帛と、染料に由来する構造を含む繰り返し単位、及び、非イオン性親水性基を含む繰り返し単位を有するポリマーとを含む着色布。 A colored fabric comprising a fabric and a polymer having a repeating unit containing a structure derived from a dye and a repeating unit containing a nonionic hydrophilic group.
PCT/JP2018/006591 2017-02-24 2018-02-22 Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric WO2018155597A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-034065 2017-02-24
JP2017034065 2017-02-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018155597A1 true WO2018155597A1 (en) 2018-08-30

Family

ID=63253994

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/006591 WO2018155597A1 (en) 2017-02-24 2018-02-22 Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2018155597A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019078128A1 (en) * 2017-10-17 2019-04-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink, inkjet textile printing method, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, aqueous dispersion, polyurea, polyurethane, compound and colored fabric

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01167374A (en) * 1987-11-21 1989-07-03 Basf Ag Azo dye containing polyethyleneimine
JPH07196942A (en) * 1993-12-06 1995-08-01 Bayer Ag New polymer-form dye and its use in ink for ink jet printing
JP2004516355A (en) * 2000-12-20 2004-06-03 アベシア・リミテッド Colored water dissipative polyurethane
WO2016027881A1 (en) * 2014-08-21 2016-02-25 株式会社ミマキエンジニアリング Inkjet printer, dye printing method and ink
JP2016069656A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-05-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Compound having xanthene skeleton, colored composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, inkjet recorded matter, color filter, color toner, transfer ink, and colored composition for textile printing

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH01167374A (en) * 1987-11-21 1989-07-03 Basf Ag Azo dye containing polyethyleneimine
JPH07196942A (en) * 1993-12-06 1995-08-01 Bayer Ag New polymer-form dye and its use in ink for ink jet printing
JP2004516355A (en) * 2000-12-20 2004-06-03 アベシア・リミテッド Colored water dissipative polyurethane
WO2016027881A1 (en) * 2014-08-21 2016-02-25 株式会社ミマキエンジニアリング Inkjet printer, dye printing method and ink
JP2016069656A (en) * 2014-09-30 2016-05-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Compound having xanthene skeleton, colored composition, ink for inkjet recording, inkjet recording method, inkjet printer cartridge, inkjet recorded matter, color filter, color toner, transfer ink, and colored composition for textile printing

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019078128A1 (en) * 2017-10-17 2019-04-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Ink, inkjet textile printing method, ink cartridge, inkjet printer, aqueous dispersion, polyurea, polyurethane, compound and colored fabric

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017131107A1 (en) Inkjet printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric
WO2018043414A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, method for producing colored fabric, and colored fabric
JP4642892B2 (en) Pigment composition, aqueous pigment dispersion, method for producing aqueous pigment dispersion, water-based ink for inkjet recording
WO2018043415A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, method for producing colored fabric, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric
JP2019194368A (en) Inkjet printing method, method for producing colored cloth, and colored cloth
WO2017146071A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and dye polymer
JP5679404B2 (en) Azo dye
JP2018177876A (en) Ink set, inkjet textile printing method, ink cartridge, and inkjet printer
JP6775018B2 (en) Inkjet printing methods, coloring compositions, inkjet inks, ink cartridges, and dye polymers
JP2014196394A (en) Triarylmethane compound
JPWO2013089197A1 (en) Xanthene compounds
JP5996096B2 (en) Coloring composition, printing method, fabric, board material, and tetraazaporphyrin-based compound
JP2018035273A (en) Inkjet printing method, manufacturing method of colored fabric, inkjet ink, ink cartridge and colored fabric
WO2018155597A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, and colored fabric
JP6775017B2 (en) Inkjet printing methods, coloring compositions, inkjet inks, ink cartridges, and dye polymers
WO2018155454A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, inkjet ink cartridge, polymer, and colored fabric
JPWO2018043416A1 (en) Printing method, inkjet ink and colored cloth
WO2018155599A1 (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, polymer, compound, and colored fabric
JP2018131697A (en) Inkjet textile printing method, coloring composition, inkjet ink, ink cartridge, polymer, and colored fabric
JP2018035467A (en) Inkjet printing method, manufacturing method of colored fabric, inkjet ink, ink cartridge and colored fabric
JP2013203765A (en) Xanthene compound
JP6037991B2 (en) Ink set, textile printing method, and fabric
JP2014201714A (en) Xanthene compound
JP2014201715A (en) Xanthene compound
JP2019019423A (en) Inkjet textile printing method, inkjet ink for textile printing, and colored textile production method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18756734

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18756734

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP